1 #LyX 1.5.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % I've designed this preamble to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 % provides missing characters,
17 % see note in chapter 'Character Tables'
21 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
22 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
24 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
25 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
26 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
28 \usepackage{courier} }
29 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
30 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
32 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
33 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
34 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
37 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
38 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
39 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
40 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
41 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
42 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
43 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
44 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
45 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
47 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
49 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
50 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
52 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
54 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
55 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
56 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
59 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
63 \options bibtotoc,BCOR7mm
68 \font_typewriter default
69 \font_default_family default
83 \paperorientation portrait
86 \paragraph_separation indent
88 \quotes_language english
91 \paperpagestyle default
92 \tracking_changes false
109 \begin_layout Standard
111 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
114 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
122 \begin_layout Standard
123 \begin_inset Note Note
126 \begin_layout Standard
127 To export this document as pdf, ps or dvi, the LaTeX-package
134 \begin_layout Standard
135 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 \begin_inset LatexCommand tableofcontents
151 \begin_layout Chapter
155 \begin_layout Section
159 \begin_layout Standard
160 LyX is a document preparation system.
161 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
162 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
163 It is unlike most other
164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
171 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
173 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
185 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
190 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
194 \begin_layout Standard
195 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
212 \begin_layout Standard
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
225 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
226 the format of all of the manuals.
227 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
228 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 \begin_layout Section
249 \begin_layout Subsection
253 \begin_layout Standard
254 Similar to other Linux [and other brands of Unix] programs, you start LyX
260 You can, of course, include several command-line options, including file
262 We're not going to repeat all of the command-line options here, since we've
263 already done that in the
268 Check there for more info.
271 \begin_layout Standard
272 There are one or two things we'd like to comment on:
275 \begin_layout Standard
276 Please note that if you include more than one file name on the command line,
277 LyX will load them all, though it won't display them all simultaneously.
278 More on that in a bit.
281 \begin_layout Subsection
285 \begin_layout Standard
286 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
288 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
289 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
291 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
297 (a term which we've swiped, lock, stock, and barrel, from GNU Emacs), which
299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
303 \begin_inset Quotes erd
311 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
316 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
317 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
319 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
320 only a vertical scrollbar.
323 \begin_layout Standard
324 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
325 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
326 This, however, is due
327 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
328 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
329 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
330 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
332 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
333 this doesn't work for equations yet.
336 \begin_layout Subsection
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 First, the bad news: the help system is not as thorough as that in many
342 commercial applications.
347 \begin_layout Standard
348 Now the good news: the help system consists of the LyX manuals.
353 of the manuals from inside LyX.
354 Just select the manual you want read from the
364 \begin_layout Standard
365 While we're at it, we'd like to make a comment about the manuals.
366 They're not idiot-proof, not in the least.
367 Here's what one of our authors,
371 , once said about manuals:
374 \begin_layout Quotation
378 \begin_layout Quotation
379 Yes, we've all dealt with the terse, poorly-translated, or cryptic manuals.
380 They are aggravating.
381 I find, however, that the overly simplified ones are even more aggravating.
382 First, they spend about half their time carefully explaining to the user
383 how to operate a mouse, what a menu is, et cetera, ad nauseum.
384 Please, if someone doesn't know how to use their own computer, or a GUI,
385 then they should sit down and learn
389 they start up a major piece of software.
392 \begin_layout Quotation
393 Second, what information they do provide seems to assume that the user is
395 Utter nonsense! Most users, in my experience, are some combination of clueless
396 and intimidated, not stupid.
397 Besides, if someone is truly slow on the uptake, they need help that a
398 manual for a piece of computer software can't give.
401 \begin_layout Standard
404 Editor's Note: With this in mind, I've instructed all of the other authors
405 to avoid patronizing you, the reader, and to be more pedagogical than pedantic.
406 As for those who are too lazy to read and understand the manuals --- well,
407 as we say here in America, there's no such thing as a free lunch.
411 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_layout Subsection
416 Basic File Operations
419 \begin_layout Standard
427 menu are the 9 basic operations for any word processor in addition to some
428 more advanced operations:
431 \begin_layout Itemize
440 \begin_layout Itemize
452 \begin_layout Itemize
461 \begin_layout Itemize
470 \begin_layout Itemize
479 \begin_layout Itemize
490 \begin_layout Itemize
499 \begin_layout Itemize
508 \begin_layout Itemize
518 \begin_layout Standard
519 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
520 a few minor differences.
526 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
535 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
536 you for a template to use.
537 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
538 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
539 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
542 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
543 reference "sec:doc-classes"
550 \begin_layout Standard
552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
575 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
576 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
579 \begin_layout Standard
587 command is useful if more people work on the same document at the same
592 \begin_layout Standard
593 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
606 It will simply reload the document from disk.
607 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
608 and want to restore it to the last save.
611 \begin_layout Standard
612 The second matter of note concerns the commands
617 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
629 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
645 to save us all from our own stupidity.
646 That is, if you try to close a file with changes [or exit LyX], you'll
647 be informed that there are unsaved files.
650 \begin_layout Subsection
651 Basic Editing Features
654 \begin_layout Standard
655 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
656 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
657 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
658 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
660 We'll start with cut and paste.
663 \begin_layout Standard
664 As you might expect, the
671 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
672 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
676 \begin_layout Itemize
682 \begin_layout Itemize
688 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Itemize
702 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
706 \begin_layout Standard
707 The first three are self-explanatory.
708 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
709 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
718 keys also functions as the
723 Also, if you've selected text, be careful.
724 If you hit a key, LyX will completely delete the selected text and replace
725 it with what you just typed.
733 to get back the lost text.
736 \begin_layout Standard
742 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
749 Replace\SpecialChar \ldots{}
759 The text you want to find goes in the
768 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
776 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
786 You can click to search again to skip the current word.
789 \begin_layout Standard
801 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
804 \begin_layout Standard
814 toggle button can be used if you want the search to consider the case of
816 If the toggle is set, searching for
817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
828 will not match the word
829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
843 \begin_layout Standard
852 toggle button can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
892 \begin_layout Subsection
896 \begin_layout Standard
897 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
898 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
904 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
911 to undo some mistake.
912 If you accidently undo too much, use
917 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
932 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimise memory
937 \begin_layout Standard
938 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
939 it was last saved, the
940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
944 \begin_inset Quotes erd
947 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
948 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
951 \begin_layout Standard
966 work on almost everything in LyX.
967 They have some quirks, too.
982 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
983 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
997 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
998 hopefully appreciate how it works.
1001 \begin_layout Subsection
1002 Basic Mouse Bindings
1005 \begin_layout Standard
1006 We're not going to go into all of the mouse bindings here.
1007 Some of the other sections of this manual cover specific operations you
1008 can do with the mouse.
1009 Instead, we're going to cover the most basic mouse operations.
1012 \begin_layout Enumerate
1017 \begin_layout Itemize
1022 once anywhere in the edit window.
1023 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1027 \begin_layout Enumerate
1032 \begin_layout Itemize
1038 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1044 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1047 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer.
1050 \begin_layout Itemize
1051 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1056 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1063 \begin_layout Enumerate
1064 Footnotes, Margin Notes, Figure and Table Floats, etc.
1068 \begin_layout Standard
1073 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1074 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1078 \begin_layout Enumerate
1083 \begin_layout Standard
1088 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1093 \begin_layout Subsection
1095 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1096 name "sec: key bindings"
1103 \begin_layout Standard
1104 Again, we're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1105 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1107 I guarantee you will cuss when you press Control-d to delete a character,
1108 and it starts up a DVI previewer instead (or vice versa).
1111 \begin_layout Standard
1138 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1142 \begin_layout Labeling
1143 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1148 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1149 If you don't understand this, go read Sections
1150 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1151 reference "sec:parindentintro"
1156 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1157 reference "sec:par-environments"
1161 , especially Section\InsetSpace ~
1163 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1164 reference "sec:parenvlists"
1170 If you're still confused, look in the
1177 \begin_layout Labeling
1178 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1191 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1192 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1195 \begin_layout Labeling
1196 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1207 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1208 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1212 \begin_layout Labeling
1213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1228 you have your keyboard set up correctly under the X Windows System,
1232 works as expected and
1236 deletes the character under the cursor [if no text is selected].
1240 \begin_layout Standard
1241 If you haven't set up your keyboard under X, or have no idea what we mean
1242 by that, go read section
1243 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
1244 reference "sec:x-win-keys"
1249 You'll save yourself a lot of headaches.
1253 \begin_layout Standard
1254 Then there are the modifier keys:
1257 \begin_layout Labeling
1258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1263 This has a couple of different uses, depending on which keys it's used
1264 in combination with:
1268 \begin_layout Itemize
1277 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1280 \begin_layout Itemize
1289 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1292 \begin_layout Itemize
1301 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1305 \begin_layout Labeling
1306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1311 Use this with any of the motion keys to select the text between the old
1312 and new cursor positions.
1315 \begin_layout Labeling
1316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1321 This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless your keyboard has a distinct
1323 Unfortunately, X sometimes has their functionality swapped, so if you have
1324 both keys, you will need to do a little trial and error to find out which
1325 one actually performs the
1330 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1332 menu accelerator keys
1335 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1336 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1340 \begin_layout Standard
1341 For example, the sequence
1342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1385 \begin_layout Standard
1386 There are also other things bound to the
1390 key, but you'll have to check in the
1402 \begin_layout Standard
1403 Hopefully, you'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as
1404 you use LyX, because most mouse actions will prompt a small message in
1405 the minibuffer which describe the name of the action, you've just triggered,
1406 and any existing keybindings for that action.
1407 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1408 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1409 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1425 followed by a capital
1431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1449 \begin_layout Section
1450 Using LyX with Other Programs
1453 \begin_layout Subsection
1454 Importing plain text files
1457 \begin_layout Standard
1458 You can import text from an plain text file using the
1463 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1468 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1483 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1488 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1501 \begin_layout Standard
1507 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1512 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1521 puts each line of the file into its own LyX paragraph.
1522 This is useful if you're importing a text file with a simple list in it.
1523 However, if your text file contains paragraphs in it, LyX will mangle the
1524 paragraphs if you use this form of import.
1527 \begin_layout Standard
1533 ile\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1538 mport\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1548 preserves paragraphs in text files.
1549 Often in a text file, you didn't put the contents of an entire paragraph
1555 to break up the paragraph into separate lines.
1561 , LyX won't mangle such paragraphs.
1562 Anything between two consecutive blank lines goes into its own LyX paragraph.
1563 Remember: you must make sure there is a
1567 line between each and every paragraph in your text file.
1568 If not, LyX might end up merging two paragraphs.
1571 \begin_layout Subsection
1572 Cut and Paste Between LyX and Other X Programs
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1588 operations will transfer text to and from LyX.
1589 You can copy text from LyX to another window in this way: Select the text
1590 that you want to copy, then go to the destination window and paste the
1591 text with the middle mouse button.
1595 \begin_layout Standard
1596 Pasting text into LyX also works much the same way as in X.
1597 Select the text with the mouse in another X window.
1598 Go to the Lyx window and paste the text with the middle mouse button.
1601 \begin_layout Chapter
1602 LyX Setup and Supporting Applications
1605 \begin_layout Section
1609 \begin_layout Standard
1610 If you're using LyX on a system someone else has set up for you, then you
1611 can safely skip this chapter.
1612 It describes all of the things you need beyond the LyX binary and files
1613 distributed with it.
1616 \begin_layout Standard
1617 If you're installing LyX on your system,
1619 you should read the README's that came with the LyX distribution and then
1626 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1639 This chapter does not describe installation or setup of the LyX binary
1640 [Well, not everything\SpecialChar \ldots{}
1642 It does describe all of the things you'll need to use LyX to its fullest.
1646 \begin_layout Standard
1647 This is basically where we decided to document a bunch of info about running
1648 LyX, including what other programs you'll need to make LyX useful.
1656 \begin_layout Section
1658 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1666 \begin_layout Standard
1667 There are two ways to run LyX.
1668 The first way is to install LyX and all of its support files on your system.
1669 Of course, you need root (administrator) privileges to do that.
1670 The second way to run LyX doesn't require root access, letting you
1671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1678 LyX somewhere in your own account.
1679 LyX will automatically detect where it is as long as the supporting directories
1680 are put in the correct places.
1683 \begin_layout Standard
1684 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
1685 without resorting to configuration files.
1686 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
1687 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
1688 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
1693 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
1694 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally and
1695 which are not seen by LyX.
1696 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
1701 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
1710 As far as LaTeX classes and packages are concerned, you will find information
1711 about what has been found under
1716 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1727 \begin_layout Standard
1728 The second set of settings that you might want to change comprises all the
1729 document-level setting that you can change via the
1734 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1742 To do this, open a scrap document, set all these options according to your
1743 taste and save them with the
1750 Document\InsetSpace ~
1761 This will create a template named
1765 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you open a document without template
1766 such that the settings are automatically set-up as you defined them.
1769 \begin_layout Standard
1770 There are many other user-configurable options that you can feed to LyX.
1771 Upon startup, LyX reads a global options file called
1776 It will then attempt to read a file called
1784 \begin_layout Standard
1789 file is found in different directories on different systems.
1790 This directory is called LyX's
1795 To find out where it is, use
1800 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1807 (You may set up an alternative user directory from the command line, using
1820 \begin_layout Standard
1826 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1833 dialog can be used to change these options; the document
1837 contains more information about the preferences dialog and these configuration
1841 \begin_layout Section
1842 Setting Up the X Keyboard [obsolescent]
1843 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
1844 name "sec:x-win-keys"
1851 \begin_layout Standard
1852 To use LyX properly, X
1856 be set up correctly.
1857 This is especially vital if you're using the international support features
1858 of LyX and want to use non-English keyboard mappings.
1859 On modern distributions, this likely has been taken care of, but if not,
1860 you must do this yourself.
1861 Administrators of large systems often neglect this, so don't assume that
1862 you're safe if you're using a large system.
1863 Also ordinary users can instruct X how to use his or her keyboard.
1866 \begin_layout Subsection
1867 xmodmap and xkeycaps
1870 \begin_layout Standard
1871 First of all read the man pages for these two programs.
1872 They are your best friends when you are trying to set up X key mapping
1874 If you don't have them, install them.
1877 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1881 \begin_layout Standard
1882 This document contains no information on how to use
1896 To load the new X keyboard mappings, place the command
1898 xmodmap\InsetSpace ~
1901 somewhere in your startup scripts [e.g.
1921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1925 \begin_layout Standard
1926 This program brings up a graphical version of your keyboard, allows you
1927 to make modifications, and then spits those modifications out to the standard
1928 output in a form readable by
1933 It is very useful when you're trying to design a new
1937 file, though it will require you to do a bit of cut-and-pasting.
1940 \begin_layout Subsection
1941 Modifiers and Mode_switch
1944 \begin_layout Standard
1945 LyX supports three modifiers: Shift [
1958 Moreover, if one of the keys of your keyboard is configured as a
1962 key, then you can use it to enter some characters not available on your
1964 This compose key can be used either as a modifier (like
1972 ) or as a prefix key.
1973 Here are some examples of what you can do with a
1980 \begin_layout Itemize
1986 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
1992 \begin_layout Itemize
1998 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2004 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2016 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 \begin_inset Formula $\rightarrow$
2028 \begin_layout Standard
2029 This input method is particularly handy when you use accented characters
2030 only from time to time.
2031 It works by default for latin1 characters, but other input methods will
2032 be used if you setup your locale correctly.
2035 \begin_layout Subsection
2036 Helpful Hints and Tips
2039 \begin_layout Standard
2040 First, open up two xterminals.
2041 Use one to edit a new
2054 , remap your keyboard the way you want it.
2059 to output the new keymap.
2064 will spit a bunch of stuff on the xterm you executed it from.
2065 Just copy and paste all of that into your
2069 file, and you're done.
2073 \begin_layout Standard
2074 You could also save yourself some typing by executing
2079 This will create a usable map file.
2087 \begin_layout Standard
2088 Also, there are some things you can do to help you get oriented.
2089 Try executing the command
2094 This will show you all of the currently active modifiers.
2097 xmodmap -v -pke | more
2099 to see which keycode numbers are mapped to which symbolic names.
2100 It will also give you some idea of the syntax of the
2107 \begin_layout Standard
2108 There's one thing you'll need to check.
2121 defined as the same key symbol by X! Note that giving these two keys unique
2122 symbol names will not necessarily alter the behavior of your programs.
2131 to the same operation.
2133 Other programs, however, use
2141 for different operations.
2142 LyX is one of these programs, and if you have
2150 labeled with the same key symbol name, you'll have trouble using LyX.
2153 \begin_layout Section
2157 \begin_layout Standard
2158 If you want to do more with LyX than simply create documents and spit out
2163 files, you'll need LaTeX.
2166 \begin_layout Standard
2167 In case you were wondering, LaTeX is a markup language front end for TeX,
2168 a document preparation system invented in 1984 by Donald Knuth.
2172 \begin_layout Standard
2173 A note about pronunciation: TeX originated from the Greek letters,
2174 \begin_inset Formula $\tau\epsilon\chi$
2178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2185 That's how you pronounce
2186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2201 [If you're American, just pronounce the
2202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2222 TeX takes a set of commands in an ASCII file and converts it to a
2223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2230 format, or Dvi, for short.
2231 The Dvi file can then be sent to printers.
2232 TeX is programmable, and LaTeX is nothing but a [really huge] set of TeX
2234 LaTeX will typically come as part of a TeX distribution, so all you need
2238 \begin_layout Standard
2239 Note that on some old systems you may find that only LaTeX 2.09 is installed
2240 (as opposed to the more current LaTeX2e).
2241 LyX cannot be used with LaTeX 2.09.
2244 \begin_layout Standard
2245 If you're using Linux, LaTeX2e should have come with your distribution.
2246 For other systems, you might need to install LaTeX yourself.You can obtain
2247 a LaTeX distribution (and anything and everything related to TeX and LaTeX)
2248 from a Comprehensive TeX Archive Network (CTAN) mirror.
2249 A complete list of mirrors may be found at
2252 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
2253 target "http://www.ctan.org"
2258 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2266 \begin_layout Section
2267 Dvips and Ghostscript
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 There's one more step you need to take if you want to print your LyX documents.
2276 Obviously, you'll need to make sure your printer is configured [see next
2278 You'll also need to install these programs (or compatibles), if you don't
2282 \begin_layout Itemize
2288 \begin_layout Itemize
2294 \begin_layout Itemize
2300 \begin_layout Itemize
2306 \begin_layout Standard
2307 The latter two programs are previewer for files in Dvi and PostScript®
2311 \begin_layout Standard
2312 PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems Incorporated, and
2313 is the main page description language in the UN*X world.
2320 If you don't know what a DVI file is, you've probably also never worked
2321 with LaTeX and should read the
2325 document before proceeding further.
2330 converts DVI files into PostScript, which is the format most printers use
2332 For those of you using dot-matrix and inkjet printers, you'll want to filter
2333 the PostScript through
2337 , which is capable of creating output for a variety of printers.
2338 The following section on printer setup describes how to do this automatically
2339 every time you print.
2340 For now, we'll concentrate on
2347 \begin_layout Subsection
2349 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2350 name "sec:dvipsconfig"
2357 \begin_layout Standard
2358 Whether you'll be running LyX on a large system or a Linux box at home,
2359 you should configure
2369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2376 into a file, or send output directly to the printer, depending on how it's
2378 If it is set up to print to a file, and if no filename is specified, it
2392 set up to send output to the default printer.
2393 For LyX, you'll want the flexibility to do both.
2396 \begin_layout Standard
2397 If you are not in a mood to configure
2401 to adapt its output to your printer, you can safely skip this section.
2402 Be warned however that the output will not match the quality that you could
2403 expect from your printer.
2404 At least, it will print.
2407 \begin_layout Standard
2408 If you are using teTeX (a TeX distribution which is particularly popular
2409 on Linux), you should run the program
2414 To make the name of a new printer recognized by
2418 you should then select menu entry
2423 Enter the required parameters and, before exiting, remember to select the
2431 \begin_layout Standard
2432 Let's turn now to manual configuration: in order to inform
2436 how to automagically convert a
2444 file adapted to printer
2448 , you need to have a config-file,
2449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2460 lying around somewhere.
2471 /usr/lib/texmf/dvips
2473 in most TeX distributions.
2474 Your system will probably be different, of course, so just look under the
2475 main TeX directory for a subdirectory called
2476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2487 It'll be there somewhere.
2490 \begin_layout Standard
2491 Typically, there will be at least one config-file:
2496 This file is the default configuration file, which is
2504 \begin_layout Standard
2505 In particular, this file is not necessarily connected to the existence of
2516 Read this file and see what options could need to be changed for your particula
2522 containing only the relevant lines.
2526 \begin_layout Standard
2527 There's at least one thing you need to do to the config-file.
2528 There may exist a line that looks like,
2529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2540 [without the quotes, of course\SpecialChar \ldots{}
2543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2554 , so that the output is sent by default to printer
2559 However, you should probably investigate the entries
2560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2568 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2572 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2583 , which define respectively the Metafont mode and the resolution of the
2585 If you do not know what a Metafont mode is, you can see it as a printer
2586 driver: it adapts the design of TeX fonts to ensure that they give the
2587 best possible result on your printer.
2588 Be warned however that, if you define different Metafont modes for different
2593 will generate several copies of your TeX fonts on disk, and these take
2597 \begin_layout Standard
2598 Once you are satisfied that your printers are correctly configured, you
2599 should tell LyX to make use of this configuration.
2600 To do this, you should launch the
2609 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2620 tab, and set the entries
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2634 You can use as many configuration files as you like, one for each of your
2636 The default printer for LyX can be specified from the
2647 environment variable.
2648 You can also choose the desired printer from inside LyX, as described in
2650 Once you've done all that, you can print to either a PostScript printer
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 If your printer doesn't understand PostScript®, you'll need to use
2660 as a filter for your print spooler.
2661 That's covered in numerous HOWTO's and manuals.
2662 We also have a section that covers a little bit of this.
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Some people don't seem to like using the
2675 As alternative, you can use a program that converts the DVI file directly
2676 into your printer language.
2677 You can specify this program in the
2682 There is a major disadvantage to this method.
2683 You can't include any PostScript files, such as graphics, in your documents,
2684 since the printer-specific conversion programs don't understand PostScript®.
2685 For that reason, the LyX team highly recommends using
2697 \begin_layout Subsection
2698 Ghostscript, Xdvi and Ghostview
2701 \begin_layout Standard
2715 files, while the later interfaces with
2719 to allow you to view PostScript files.
2722 \begin_layout Standard
2723 A quick note on both of these programs.
2724 Both automatically update themselves if the viewed file
2728 \begin_layout Standard
2737 file, not the files used to make these.
2743 You can also force an update.
2744 So, once you've opened one of these two viewers, there's no reason to close
2746 Also, both programs are functionally the same, providing all of the same
2750 \begin_layout Standard
2751 The LyX team recommends using
2755 for fine tuning documents.
2756 Why? It's faster; there's one less layer of processing you need to do before
2757 you can view the changes.
2761 \begin_layout Enumerate
2766 to preview a document from LyX, and leave it running.
2769 \begin_layout Enumerate
2770 Make changes to the document using LyX.
2773 \begin_layout Enumerate
2774 To view those changes, just choose
2779 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2784 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2792 When LaTeX's all done, click on the
2803 \begin_layout Standard
2804 Now, this doesn't mean
2813 is better suited to those occasions where you
2817 view the PostScript version of the document.
2818 For repeated changes that aren't PostScript® dependent, you're better off
2824 There is an alternative to
2828 which sports a much better interface:
2833 LyX will automatically use it instead of
2840 \begin_layout Section
2844 \begin_layout Standard
2847 Anyone working on a large system shouldn't have any problems here.
2848 Your sysadmin [or you, if you are the sysadmin] should already have the
2849 printers set up for your system.
2850 All you need to do is find out the name of the printer you want to use,
2855 as described in the last section.
2858 \begin_layout Standard
2861 Those of you using Linux, however, may have a bit more work to do.
2862 Many people now install Linux from an ISO image of one of the popular distribut
2864 They follow the install instructions, get Linux up and running, but never
2865 realize that they need to set up their printer.
2868 The more desktop friendly distributions may do this for you automatically.
2869 However, if you find that you need to do this by hand, we've written a
2870 little something to help you out with that; check out the
2871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2889 \begin_layout Chapter
2893 \begin_layout Section
2897 \begin_layout Subsection
2901 \begin_layout Standard
2902 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2907 of document you want to edit.
2908 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2909 numbering schemes, and so on.
2910 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2911 and format the title of your document differently.
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2919 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2920 By setting the document class, you automagically select these properties,
2921 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2922 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2923 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2926 \begin_layout Standard
2927 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2928 how to fine-tune some of their properties.
2931 \begin_layout Subsection
2932 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
2933 name "sec:doc-classes"
2937 The Various Document Classes
2940 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2944 \begin_layout Standard
2945 There are five standard document classes in LyX.
2949 \begin_layout Description
2950 Article for basic articles
2953 \begin_layout Description
2954 Report for basic reports
2957 \begin_layout Description
2958 Book for writing a book
2961 \begin_layout Description
2962 Letter for US-style letters
2965 \begin_layout Description
2966 Slides is used to make transparencies
2969 \begin_layout Standard
2970 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2971 a LaTeX setup that supports them:
2974 \begin_layout Description
2975 Aapaper Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysic
2979 \begin_layout Description
2980 Amsart Journal articles in the style and format used by the AMS [American
2981 Mathematical Society].
2982 There are three amsart layouts available.
2983 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems,
2987 , that prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2988 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2989 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2994 sequential numbering
2995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2998 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2999 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
3000 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
3001 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
3004 \begin_layout Description
3005 Amsbook Books in the style and format used by the AMS.
3006 Only the standard numbering scheme is provided, under the assumption that
3007 you would not want to number results consecutively throughout a book, and
3008 that you would need to number results.
3011 \begin_layout Description
3012 Dinbrief für Briefe nach deutscher Art
3015 \begin_layout Description
3016 Foils is used to make transparencies, but is better than
3021 \begin_layout Description
3022 Linuxdoc Used with the SGML-tools package (formerly known as LinuxDoc).
3023 It allows LyX to produce SGML output.
3024 SGML is a markup language and is the predecessor to HTML\SpecialChar \@.
3026 package allows you to convert SGML to HTML or to the format used by
3033 \begin_layout Description
3034 Paper for use with the
3038 LaTeX document class [not in all LaTeX distributions]
3041 \begin_layout Description
3042 Revtex is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
3043 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
3045 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
3048 \begin_layout Standard
3049 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
3051 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
3056 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
3057 of the document classes.
3060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3064 \begin_layout Standard
3065 You can select a class using the
3072 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
3078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
3082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3086 \begin_layout Standard
3087 Each class has a default set of options.
3088 Here's a quick table describing them:
3091 \begin_layout Standard
3092 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3098 \begin_layout Standard
3100 \begin_inset Tabular
3101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="5">
3103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
3107 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
3108 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3121 \begin_layout Standard
3136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3139 \begin_layout Standard
3154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3157 \begin_layout Standard
3172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3175 \begin_layout Standard
3191 <row topline="true">
3192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3212 \begin_layout Standard
3227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3248 \begin_layout Standard
3263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3282 <row topline="true">
3283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3286 \begin_layout Standard
3300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3303 \begin_layout Standard
3318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3321 \begin_layout Standard
3336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3357 \begin_layout Standard
3373 <row topline="true">
3374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3377 \begin_layout Standard
3391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3394 \begin_layout Standard
3409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3412 \begin_layout Standard
3427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3430 \begin_layout Standard
3445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3448 \begin_layout Standard
3464 <row topline="true">
3465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3468 \begin_layout Standard
3482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3485 \begin_layout Standard
3500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3503 \begin_layout Standard
3518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3521 \begin_layout Standard
3536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3539 \begin_layout Standard
3554 <row topline="true">
3555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3558 \begin_layout Standard
3572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3593 \begin_layout Standard
3608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3611 \begin_layout Standard
3626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3645 <row topline="true">
3646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3666 \begin_layout Standard
3681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3684 \begin_layout Standard
3699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3702 \begin_layout Standard
3717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3720 \begin_layout Standard
3736 <row topline="true">
3737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3740 \begin_layout Standard
3754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3775 \begin_layout Standard
3790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3827 <row topline="true">
3828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3831 \begin_layout Standard
3845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3848 \begin_layout Standard
3863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3866 \begin_layout Standard
3881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3884 \begin_layout Standard
3899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3917 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
3918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3921 \begin_layout Standard
3935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3938 \begin_layout Standard
3953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3956 \begin_layout Standard
3971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3974 \begin_layout Standard
3989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3992 \begin_layout Standard
4015 \begin_layout Standard
4016 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
4022 \begin_layout Standard
4023 There is no default value of
4032 for any of these classes.
4036 \begin_layout Standard
4037 You're probably also wondering what
4038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4043 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4047 There are several paragraph environment used to create section headings.
4048 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
4053 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
4058 Some document classes, such as the three for letters, don't use any section
4068 headings, there are also
4076 headings, and so on.
4077 We'll describe these headings fully in section
4078 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4079 reference "sec:parenvheadings"
4086 \begin_layout Subsection
4087 Fine-tuning the Defaults
4090 \begin_layout Standard
4091 Okay, we know we never told you what most of these
4092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4107 That's what this section is for.
4110 \begin_layout Labeling
4111 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4119 This is another list, containing five options.
4120 It controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page:
4124 \begin_layout Standard
4125 LaTeX does this part.
4134 \begin_layout Labeling
4135 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4140 Use default pagestyle of current class.
4143 \begin_layout Labeling
4144 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4149 No page numbers or headings.
4152 \begin_layout Labeling
4153 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4161 \begin_layout Labeling
4162 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4167 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
4168 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
4169 which is the maximum sectioning level.
4172 \begin_layout Labeling
4173 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4178 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
4184 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
4185 To use the full power of this package, you have to resort to magic codes
4187 Check the documentation for the
4191 package for more details.
4195 \begin_layout Labeling
4196 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4201 No, LyX can't make your printer print on both sides of a sheet of paper!
4202 However, it can use a different format for odd-numbered pages than even-numbere
4208 have a printer that duplexes
4212 \begin_layout Standard
4214 prints on both sides of a sheet of paper
4219 , your page number will always be in the upper right corner of the page
4220 and the left margin will have extra room for a binding.
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4225 There are two radio buttons here:
4229 for single-sided documents,
4233 for double-sided documents.
4237 \begin_layout Labeling
4238 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4243 Yes, this does control how many columns each page has.
4244 You can choose, using the toggle buttons,
4252 for the number of columns.
4257 \begin_layout Standard
4258 Note that LyX won't show two columns on screen.
4259 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
4264 be two columns in the generated output.
4268 \begin_layout Labeling
4269 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4285 takes several options.
4286 LyX sets some of these automatically for you.
4287 This text box allows you to enter in others.
4288 Just type in a comma-separated list of options.
4289 See a good LaTeX book to find out what kinds of additional options you
4293 \begin_layout Labeling
4294 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
4299 This has its own section.
4302 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4303 reference "sec:parindentintro"
4307 for a description of what this does.
4310 \begin_layout Subsection
4311 Paper Size, Orientation, and Margins
4314 \begin_layout Standard
4315 There are several other options to set in the
4317 Document\InsetSpace ~
4321 All of them are global options, but they have special purposes and only
4322 affect certain features.
4323 We describe what these options do in the same section that describes the
4324 features they affect.
4327 \begin_layout Standard
4328 There are two options that affect the overall layout of the document, so
4329 we'll describe them here.
4330 You'll find them in the
4341 \begin_layout Labeling
4342 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4347 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
4365 \begin_layout Labeling
4366 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
4375 What size paper to print on.
4380 \begin_layout Itemize
4386 \begin_layout Itemize
4396 \begin_layout Itemize
4402 \begin_layout Itemize
4408 \begin_layout Itemize
4414 \begin_layout Itemize
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4427 \begin_layout Standard
4428 Some of these settings require you to have the
4433 This package will also allow you to set the margins in the
4440 \begin_layout Subsection
4444 \begin_layout Standard
4445 If you change a document's class, LyX has to convert
4450 That includes the paragraph environments.
4451 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
4453 Some classes have special paragraph environments, however.
4454 If this is the case, and you change document classes, LyX sets the missing
4455 paragraph environments to
4459 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
4460 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
4461 the conversion and why it failed.
4464 \begin_layout Section
4465 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
4468 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4471 name "sec:parindentintro"
4478 \begin_layout Standard
4479 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
4480 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
4485 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
4486 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
4487 LyX uses the same convention you find among typographers.
4492 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
4498 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
4499 Some people don't like this convention, but if you want to use indented
4500 paragraphs, you'll have to live with it.
4504 \begin_layout Standard
4505 There is a way to force LaTeX to indent all paragraphs.
4506 LyX won't show this, of course, but LaTeX
4511 You'll need to get a special package and insert an appropriate command
4520 \begin_layout Standard
4521 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
4522 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
4524 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
4525 LyX takes care of that.
4526 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
4528 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
4529 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
4530 of a page, and so on.
4534 \begin_layout Standard
4535 Actually, LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
4540 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
4541 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
4545 of these pre-coded spacings.
4546 We'll explain more later.
4549 \begin_layout Subsection
4550 Global Indentation Method
4553 \begin_layout Standard
4554 To select the default method of separating paragraphs, select
4569 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
4572 \begin_layout Subsection
4576 \begin_layout Standard
4577 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4583 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4588 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
4591 dialog and toggle the
4598 button to change the state of the current paragraph.
4599 If paragraphs indent by default, this button will be inactive at first.
4600 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4601 button will be completely ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph
4605 \begin_layout Standard
4606 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4607 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4608 Typically, you'll select
4623 for the entire document and edit away.
4626 \begin_layout Subsection
4627 Changing Line Spacing
4630 \begin_layout Standard
4636 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4643 dialog you can choose your line spacing provided you have the
4650 \begin_layout Section
4651 Paragraph Environments
4652 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
4653 name "sec:par-environments"
4660 \begin_layout Subsection
4664 \begin_layout Standard
4665 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4692 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
4693 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4694 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4703 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4706 \begin_layout Standard
4707 A paragraph environment is simply a
4708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4715 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4716 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4717 scheme, labels, and so on.
4718 Additionally, you can
4719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4726 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4727 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4728 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4729 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4730 days of typewriters.
4731 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4733 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4736 \begin_layout Standard
4737 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
4739 LyX will change the environment of the
4743 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4744 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4745 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4749 \begin_layout Standard
4758 create a new paragraph using the
4762 paragraph environment.
4764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4771 because this isn't always the case.
4775 \begin_layout Standard
4776 If you are in one of these environments:
4780 \begin_layout Standard
4790 \begin_layout Standard
4794 \begin_layout Standard
4808 \begin_layout Itemize
4814 \begin_layout Itemize
4820 \begin_layout Standard
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4836 \begin_layout Itemize
4842 \begin_layout Itemize
4848 \begin_layout Standard
4852 \begin_layout Standard
4864 \begin_layout Itemize
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4876 \begin_layout Standard
4880 \begin_layout Standard
4892 \begin_layout Itemize
4898 \begin_layout Standard
4902 \begin_layout Standard
4912 \begin_layout Standard
4913 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4917 , rather than resetting it to
4922 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4927 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4928 and the nesting depth [more on nesting in section
4929 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
4930 reference "sec:nest"
4935 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4940 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4941 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4949 \begin_layout Subsection
4953 \begin_layout Standard
4954 The default paragraph environment is
4959 It creates a plain paragraph.
4960 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4961 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now [and most of the ones in
4962 this manual] are in the
4969 \begin_layout Standard
4970 You can nest a paragraph using the
4974 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4982 \begin_layout Subsection
4986 \begin_layout Standard
4987 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name[s] of the
4989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4996 for thanks or contact information.
4997 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4998 page along with today's date.
4999 For other types of documents, the title
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
5011 \begin_layout Standard
5012 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
5026 Here's how you use them:
5029 \begin_layout Itemize
5030 Put the title of your document in the
5037 \begin_layout Itemize
5038 Put the author name in the
5045 \begin_layout Itemize
5046 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
5047 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
5053 Note that using this environment is optional.
5054 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
5057 \begin_layout Standard
5058 Be sure to do this at the top of the document.
5059 You can use footnotes to insert
5060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5067 or contact information.
5070 \begin_layout Subsection
5072 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5073 name "sec:parenvheadings"
5080 \begin_layout Standard
5081 There are nine paragraph environments for producing section headings.
5082 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
5083 All you need to do is decide what you're going to call section 3 of chapter
5087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5092 There are 6 numbered types of section headings.
5093 \begin_inset Note Note
5096 \begin_layout Standard
5097 Why no mention of Part ?
5105 \begin_layout Enumerate
5111 \begin_layout Enumerate
5117 \begin_layout Enumerate
5123 \begin_layout Enumerate
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 \begin_layout Enumerate
5141 \begin_layout Standard
5142 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
5143 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
5144 These headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
5145 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
5146 You group the book into chapters.
5147 LyX does similar grouping:
5150 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 is the maximum sectioning level.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5174 \begin_layout Itemize
5186 \begin_layout Itemize
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5210 \begin_layout Itemize
5222 \begin_layout Standard
5227 not all document types use the
5231 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
5236 is the top-level heading.
5239 \begin_layout Standard
5244 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
5245 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
5247 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
5249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5259 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5264 There are 3 types of unnumbered section headings.
5268 \begin_layout Enumerate
5274 \begin_layout Enumerate
5280 \begin_layout Enumerate
5286 \begin_layout Standard
5288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5295 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
5296 They work the same as their numbered counterparts.
5299 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5300 Changing the Numbering
5301 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
5302 name "sub:section-depth"
5309 \begin_layout Standard
5310 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
5311 in the Table of Contents.
5312 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
5314 Certain classes start with
5328 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
5338 This is something you can change.
5341 \begin_layout Standard
5347 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5355 You should see a counter labelled
5357 Section\InsetSpace ~
5366 This counter controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers
5368 Unfortunately, the number you choose with the slider is really goofy, so
5369 here's a table of values and what they do:
5372 \begin_layout Standard
5373 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5379 \begin_layout Standard
5381 \begin_inset Tabular
5382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
5384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
5385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
5386 <row topline="true">
5387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5390 \begin_layout Standard
5407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5410 \begin_layout Standard
5425 <row bottomline="true">
5426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5429 \begin_layout Standard
5443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5446 \begin_layout Standard
5461 <row topline="true">
5462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5491 no numbering of any kind
5497 <row topline="true">
5498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5501 \begin_layout Standard
5515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5538 <row topline="true">
5539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5542 \begin_layout Standard
5556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5559 \begin_layout Standard
5575 <row topline="true">
5576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5579 \begin_layout Standard
5593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5596 \begin_layout Standard
5612 <row topline="true">
5613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5616 \begin_layout Standard
5630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5633 \begin_layout Standard
5649 <row topline="true">
5650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5653 \begin_layout Standard
5667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5670 \begin_layout Standard
5690 <row topline="true">
5691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5694 \begin_layout Standard
5708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5711 \begin_layout Standard
5731 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
5732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
5735 \begin_layout Standard
5749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
5752 \begin_layout Standard
5779 \begin_layout Standard
5780 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
5786 \begin_layout Standard
5787 The increasing numbers are cumulative: a setting of
5788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5795 will number parts and chapters, while
5796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5803 will number parts, chapters, sections, and subsections.
5804 Of course, if you're using a document class that doesn't use part or chapter
5810 the default article class), then the numbering begins at the
5815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 \begin_layout Standard
5834 There's another counter in the dialog, called
5838 contents\InsetSpace ~
5842 It works the same way as
5844 Section\InsetSpace ~
5845 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5848 , only it controls which sectioning levels appear in, you guessed it, the
5850 This is a great control to have.
5851 Suppose you wanted to number
5855 sectioning heading, but you only wanted
5867 s in the Table of Contents.
5870 Section\InsetSpace ~
5871 numbering\InsetSpace ~
5875 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5884 Table of contents\InsetSpace ~
5888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5895 and voilà! You're all set.
5898 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5902 \begin_layout Standard
5903 The following information applies to
5942 \begin_layout Itemize
5943 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
5946 \begin_layout Itemize
5947 You can only use inlined math in these environments.
5950 \begin_layout Itemize
5951 You cannot nest other environments into these environments.
5954 \begin_layout Itemize
5955 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
5958 \begin_layout Standard
5959 As for examples of these paragraph environments - look around you! We're
5960 using them everywhere in the manuals.
5963 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5964 Creating an Appendix
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5968 To create an appendix, simply start by adding a new chapter or section heading.
5969 Move the cursor back to the beginning of the heading and select
5974 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5982 ppendix\InsetSpace ~
5986 A red/brown box will be drawn around the remainder of the file to indicate
5987 there is something special about it, and the numerical chapter or section
5988 label(s) will be changed to a letter.
5991 \begin_layout Subsection
5995 \begin_layout Standard
5996 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
6010 Forget the days of changing linespacing and twiddling with margins.
6011 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
6012 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
6013 the text they contain.
6014 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
6022 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
6035 when you start a new paragraph.
6036 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
6040 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
6041 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
6042 to change back to the
6046 environment yourself.
6049 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6059 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6067 \begin_layout Standard
6068 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
6069 time for the differences.
6078 are identical except for one difference:
6082 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
6091 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
6094 \begin_layout Standard
6095 Here's an example of the
6108 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
6110 See - no indentation!
6114 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
6115 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
6116 the other paragraph.
6119 \begin_layout Standard
6120 That ends that example.
6121 Here's another example, this time in the
6128 \begin_layout Quotation
6134 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
6135 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
6136 the first line, then
6140 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
6144 you were quoting other text.
6147 \begin_layout Quotation
6148 Here's a new paragraph.
6149 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
6150 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
6153 \begin_layout Standard
6154 That was our other example.
6155 As the example notes,
6159 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
6160 They should put quotes in the
6165 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
6169 paragraph environment for quoted text.
6172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6176 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6189 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
6196 Which I did not rehearse!
6200 It could be much worse.
6201 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
6203 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
6204 indented a bit more than the first.
6205 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
6212 And make things look fine
6221 \begin_layout Standard
6226 does not indent both margins.
6227 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
6228 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
6239 \begin_layout Subsection
6241 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6242 name "sec:parenvlists"
6249 \begin_layout Standard
6250 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
6260 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
6269 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
6270 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
6271 some general features of all four of them.
6274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6278 \begin_layout Standard
6279 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
6281 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
6290 reset the environment to
6294 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
6295 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
6296 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
6301 to break paragraphs.
6304 \begin_layout Standard
6305 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
6306 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how its
6308 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
6309 you read all of section
6310 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6311 reference "sec:nest"
6319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6325 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
6338 paragraph environment.
6339 It has the following properties:
6342 \begin_layout Itemize
6343 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
6347 \begin_layout Itemize
6348 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
6351 \begin_layout Itemize
6352 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6357 The items can be any length.
6358 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
6359 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
6366 \begin_layout Itemize
6371 environment inside another
6375 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
6379 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
6383 \begin_layout Itemize
6384 LyX always shows the same symbol, an asterisk, on screen.
6387 \begin_layout Itemize
6389 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6390 reference "sec:nest"
6394 for a full explanation of nesting.
6398 \begin_layout Standard
6399 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
6408 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
6411 \begin_layout Standard
6412 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
6413 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
6414 Note that those of you reading this manual online won't see any difference.
6417 \begin_layout Itemize
6418 The label for the first level
6422 is a large black dot, or bullet.
6426 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 The label for the second level is a dash.
6431 \begin_layout Itemize
6432 The label for the third is an asterisk.
6436 \begin_layout Itemize
6437 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
6441 \begin_layout Itemize
6442 Back out to the third level.
6446 \begin_layout Itemize
6447 Back to the second level.
6451 \begin_layout Itemize
6452 Back to the outermost level.
6455 \begin_layout Standard
6456 These are the default labels for an
6461 You can customize these labels in the
6465 \begin_layout Standard
6479 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
6495 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
6497 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6498 reference "sec:nest"
6506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6512 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6513 name "sec:enumerate"
6520 \begin_layout Standard
6525 environment is the tool to use to create numbered lists and outlines.
6526 It has these properties:
6529 \begin_layout Enumerate
6530 Each item has a numeral as its label.
6534 \begin_layout Enumerate
6535 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
6539 \begin_layout Enumerate
6540 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
6543 \begin_layout Enumerate
6548 environment resets the counter to one.
6551 \begin_layout Enumerate
6564 \begin_layout Enumerate
6565 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
6566 Items can be any length.
6569 \begin_layout Enumerate
6570 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
6573 \begin_layout Enumerate
6574 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
6577 \begin_layout Enumerate
6578 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
6582 \begin_layout Standard
6595 show the different labels for each item.
6596 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
6603 \begin_layout Enumerate
6604 The first level of an
6608 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
6612 \begin_layout Enumerate
6613 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
6617 \begin_layout Enumerate
6618 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
6622 \begin_layout Enumerate
6623 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
6626 \begin_layout Enumerate
6627 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
6632 \begin_layout Enumerate
6633 Back to the third level
6637 \begin_layout Enumerate
6638 Back to the second level.
6642 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 Back to the outermost level.
6646 \begin_layout Standard
6647 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
6652 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
6657 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
6658 not on the LyX screen.
6661 \begin_layout Standard
6662 There is more to nesting
6666 environments than we've stated here.
6672 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6673 reference "sec:nest"
6677 to learn more about nesting.
6680 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6686 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6687 name "sec:descrlist"
6694 \begin_layout Standard
6695 Unlike the previous two environments, the
6699 list has no fixed label.
6700 Instead, LyX uses the first
6701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6708 of the first line as the label.
6712 \begin_layout Description
6713 Example: This is an example of the
6720 \begin_layout Standard
6721 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
6725 \begin_layout Standard
6726 Now, you're probably wondering what we mean by,
6727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6730 uses the first 'word'.
6731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6738 key does not add a whitespace character, but separates words from one another.
6747 key tells LyX to end the label if we're at the beginning of the first line
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6752 However, what if you want or need to use more than one word in the label
6757 environment? Simple: use a
6768 Special\InsetSpace ~
6773 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6778 otected\InsetSpace ~
6791 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6792 reference "sec:hspace"
6796 for more info.] Here's an example:
6799 \begin_layout Description
6801 Example: This one shows how to use a
6803 Protected\InsetSpace ~
6813 \begin_layout Description
6814 Usage: You should use the
6818 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
6819 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
6821 It's not a good idea to use a
6825 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
6826 You're better off using
6838 paragraphs into them.
6841 \begin_layout Description
6842 Nesting: You can, of course, nest
6846 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6850 \begin_layout Standard
6851 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
6852 them from the first line.
6855 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6861 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
6869 \begin_layout Standard
6874 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
6878 \begin_layout Standard
6879 Now, if you jumped here without reading sections
6880 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6881 reference "sec:itemize"
6886 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6887 reference "sec:descrlist"
6900 create numbered lists.
6905 does, and it's documented in section
6906 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
6907 reference "sec:enumerate"
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6924 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
6925 There are some key differences between this list environment and the other
6929 \begin_layout Labeling
6930 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6932 labels LyX uses the first
6933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6940 of each line as the item label.
6945 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6946 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6947 blank as described above.
6950 \begin_layout Labeling
6951 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6952 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6953 the body of the item text.
6954 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6955 label width plus a little extra space.
6959 \begin_layout Labeling
6960 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6962 width LyX uses one of two things for the label width: the actual width
6963 of the label, or the default width, whichever is larger.
6964 If the actual width is larger, then the label
6965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6972 into the first line.
6973 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6974 margin of the rest of the item text.
6977 \begin_layout Labeling
6978 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6979 default\InsetSpace ~
6980 width You can very easily set this default width.
6981 It's quite painless, actually.
6982 So, you can easily ensure that the text of all items in a
6986 environment have the same left margin.
6989 \begin_layout Labeling
6990 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
6991 uses You should use the
6995 environment the same way you'd use as
6999 list: when you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
7005 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
7009 \begin_layout Labeling
7010 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
7011 nesting You can nest
7015 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
7017 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
7019 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7020 reference "sec:nest"
7024 to learn about nesting.
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 As you can see, this is a feature-packed paragraph environment!
7031 \begin_layout Standard
7032 To change the default width of the label, select the items in the list to
7034 You can also simply move the cursor into a
7038 item if you want to change only its label width.
7044 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7049 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
7063 box determines the default label width.
7064 If you really, really want to, you can use the text of your largest label
7065 here, but you don't need to.
7066 We recommend using the letter
7067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7075 It's the widest character and is a standard unit of width in LaTeX.
7076 The default label width in the example
7081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7097 as your unit of width in the
7102 box has one more advantage: you don't need to keep changing the contents
7108 every time you alter a label in a
7115 \begin_layout Standard
7116 There's yet another feature of the
7120 environment we need to tell you about.
7121 As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels by default.
7122 You can use additional
7126 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
7132 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7133 reference "sec:hspace"
7138 Here are some examples:
7141 \begin_layout Labeling
7142 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7143 Left The default for
7150 \begin_layout Labeling
7151 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7158 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
7161 \begin_layout Labeling
7162 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMMM
7171 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
7174 \begin_layout Standard
7175 Don't worry if you have no idea what
7180 Just remember that you can use them to customize the look of the
7187 \begin_layout Standard
7188 That does it for the four paragraph environments for making lists.
7189 Oh - did we mention that you should read about nesting environments in
7191 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7192 reference "sec:nest"
7196 if you want to use any of these list environments?
7199 \begin_layout Subsection
7203 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7216 \begin_layout Standard
7217 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
7228 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
7229 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
7230 In contrast, you can use the
7239 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
7240 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
7244 \begin_layout Standard
7245 Of course, you're not limited to using
7260 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
7261 some European academic papers.
7264 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7266 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7267 name "sec:adress_usage"
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7279 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
7280 for the opening and signature in some countries.
7286 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
7287 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
7288 Here's an example of each:
7291 \begin_layout Right Address
7298 When is it? What is today?
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7308 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
7309 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
7310 Here's an example of the
7317 \begin_layout Address
7320 Where do I send this
7322 Your post office and country
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7326 As you can see, both
7335 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
7336 Speaking of which, if you hit
7340 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
7346 This makes sense, however, since
7354 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
7365 Special\InsetSpace ~
7370 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7384 menu] to start a new line in an
7396 \begin_layout Subsection
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
7402 or list of references.
7403 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
7406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7412 \begin_layout Standard
7417 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
7422 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7426 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
7431 environment is only useful in the
7432 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7440 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7447 document classes [as well as
7448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7455 which is just a specialized version of
7456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7472 document class ignores the
7476 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
7481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7491 \begin_layout Standard
7496 environment does several things for you.
7497 First, it puts the centered label
7498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7506 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
7508 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
7509 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
7510 the subsequent text.
7511 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
7512 If your document is in the
7513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7520 class, the abstract actually appears on a separate page in the printed
7521 version of the file.
7524 \begin_layout Standard
7525 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
7533 reset the paragraph environment.
7534 The new paragraph will still be in the
7539 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
7540 finish entering the abstract of your document.
7543 \begin_layout Standard
7544 We'd love to give you an example of the
7548 environment, but we can't, since this document is in the
7549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7557 If you've never heard of an
7558 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7562 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7565 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
7568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7574 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7575 name "sec:bibliography"
7582 \begin_layout Standard
7587 environment is used to list references.
7592 use this environment anywhere, but you really
7596 only use it at the end of the document.
7597 Also, don't bother trying to nest
7601 in anything else or vice versa.
7605 \begin_layout Standard
7606 When you first open a
7610 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
7611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7626 depending on the document class.
7627 The heading is in a large boldface font.
7628 Each paragraph of the
7632 environment is a bibliography entry.
7641 reset the paragraph environment.
7642 Each new paragraph is still in the
7649 \begin_layout Standard
7658 of each paragraph, you will see a gray button showing a number.
7659 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
7668 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
7670 For example, suppose your first entry in the bibliography was a book about
7672 We could choose the key
7673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7681 You can also give a label, which will be displayed in the gray inset box.
7684 \begin_layout Standard
7689 field isn't useless.
7690 You can refer to your bibliography entries using the
7695 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7703 Just choose the key inside in the available keys list, then add a reference
7704 by clicking on the left arrow, which will add it to the selected keys list.
7705 Multiple references can be placed by selecting more than one key.
7710 appears at the end of this document.
7712 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7716 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7722 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
7724 key "latexcompanion"
7729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7732 is an example of how to cite two of the entries in it.
7733 In the second one, we used the
7742 field of the citation dialog to add the text
7743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7767 that you see on screen will be replaced in print by the number or the label
7768 of the bibliography entry.
7771 \begin_layout Standard
7772 The more advanced LaTeX bibliography package BibTeX is also supported by
7774 For a description of how to use it, please refer to the
7776 Extended LyX Features
7781 \begin_layout Subsection
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 There are three standard paragraph environments that simply don't fit any
7787 category, as they are very specialized for a particular purpose.
7788 We'll point out the highlights and uses of each.
7791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7797 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
7798 name "sec:captionlayout"
7805 \begin_layout Standard
7810 environment is the default paragraph environment for
7821 On the LyX screen, you'll see either the label
7822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7837 , depending on which type of
7842 The actual reference number is substituted in this label in the printed
7846 \begin_layout Standard
7847 You can't really nest things into a
7852 Additionally, hitting
7856 resets the paragraph environment to
7864 can only be a single paragraph.
7867 \begin_layout Standard
7872 environment outside of a
7884 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7885 reference "sec:figures"
7890 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
7891 reference "sec:tables"
7895 for more information on
7909 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7915 \begin_layout Standard
7920 environment is another LyX extension.
7921 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
7926 key as a fixed whitespace;
7930 \begin_layout Standard
7941 Protected\InsetSpace ~
7944 instead of an end-of-word marker.
7949 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
7950 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
7972 reset the paragraph environment.
7973 So, when you finish using the
7977 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
7986 environment inside of others.
7989 \begin_layout Standard
7990 There are a few quirks with this environment:
7993 \begin_layout Itemize
7998 at the beginning of a new paragraph [i.e.
8010 \begin_layout Itemize
8023 \begin_layout Itemize
8028 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
8035 \begin_layout Itemize
8044 \begin_layout Itemize
8045 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
8046 You must put at least one
8050 in any line you want blank.
8051 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
8054 \begin_layout Itemize
8055 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
8059 since that will insert
8064 You get the typewriter double quotes with
8072 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8079 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8083 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8087 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8091 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8095 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8101 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8105 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8109 \begin_layout Standard
8110 This is just the standard
8111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8122 \begin_layout Standard
8127 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
8128 rc-files, and so on.
8129 Use it only in those very, very special cases where you need to generate
8130 text as if you used a typewriter.
8133 \begin_layout Section
8134 Nesting Environments
8135 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8143 \begin_layout Subsection
8147 \begin_layout Standard
8148 Throughout the previous sections, we've been nagging you to
8149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8152 go read Section\InsetSpace ~
8154 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8155 reference "sec:nest"
8160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8163 So, you're probably wondering what the big deal is.
8166 \begin_layout Standard
8167 The big deal is that LyX differs rather strongly from the traditional
8168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8172 processor-as-overglorified-typewriter
8173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8177 With a typewriter, text is merely ink on a page.
8178 Most word processors aren't much better, treating text as pixels on the
8179 screen and bytes in memory.
8180 In contrast, LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context
8181 and specific properties.
8182 However, what if you wanted one
8183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8190 to inherit some of the properties of another
8191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8201 \begin_layout Standard
8202 Here's a more specific example: outlines.
8203 You have three main points in your outline, but point #2 also has two subpoints.
8204 In other words, you have a list
8208 of another list, with the inner list
8209 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8219 \begin_layout Enumerate
8223 \begin_layout Enumerate
8228 \begin_layout Enumerate
8232 \begin_layout Enumerate
8237 \begin_layout Enumerate
8241 \begin_layout Standard
8242 How do you put a list inside of a list? By now, the answer should be obvious:
8243 you nest one list inside the other.
8247 \begin_layout Standard
8248 How to nest an environment is quite simple.
8254 ncrease\InsetSpace ~
8255 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8263 ecrease\InsetSpace ~
8264 Environment\InsetSpace ~
8274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
8275 will tell you how far you are nested).
8278 \begin_layout Standard
8279 You can also use the convenient key bindings
8289 \begin_layout Standard
8300 are alternatives, if you prefer those bindings
8307 to change the nesting level.
8308 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
8309 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
8313 \begin_layout Standard
8314 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
8315 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
8316 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
8317 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
8318 It's hard to describe what exactly LyX does in this case.
8319 That depends specifically on what your text looks like.
8320 Your best bet is to simply play with changing the nesting depth and see
8324 \begin_layout Standard
8325 Nesting isn't just limited to lists.
8326 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
8328 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
8331 \begin_layout Subsection
8332 What You Can and Can't Nest
8335 \begin_layout Standard
8336 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
8337 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
8340 \begin_layout Standard
8341 The question of nesting is a bit more complicated than a simple yes or no,
8342 can you or can't you.
8343 There's also the question of how.
8344 Can you nest this environment into anything else? Can you nest another
8345 environment into it? A
8346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8353 to one of these doesn't guarantee a
8354 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8358 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8364 \begin_layout Standard
8365 The paragraph environments in LyX can do one of three things when it comes
8367 First, an environment may be completely unnestable.
8368 Second, there are environments that are fully nestable.
8369 You can nest them inside of things and you can also nest other things inside
8371 There is one last type of environment.
8372 You can nest them into other environments, but that's it.
8373 You can't nest anything into them.
8376 \begin_layout Standard
8377 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
8378 environments have them:
8382 \begin_layout Standard
8383 For some odd reason, LyX allows you to fully nest both
8392 Also, LyX allows you to nest
8404 into other environments.
8406 LaTeX may barf if you try it.
8407 Then again, it may not.
8408 We don't know for certain.
8409 However, it makes no sense contextually to perform any nesting with these
8410 environments, so why would you ever want to?
8418 \begin_layout Description
8419 Unnestable Can't nest them.
8420 Can't nest into them.
8424 \begin_layout Itemize
8430 \begin_layout Itemize
8436 \begin_layout Itemize
8442 \begin_layout Itemize
8449 \begin_layout Description
8451 Nestable You can nest them.
8452 You can nest other things into them.
8456 \begin_layout Itemize
8462 \begin_layout Itemize
8468 \begin_layout Itemize
8474 \begin_layout Itemize
8480 \begin_layout Itemize
8486 \begin_layout Itemize
8492 \begin_layout Itemize
8498 \begin_layout Itemize
8504 \begin_layout Itemize
8511 \begin_layout Description
8512 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
8513 You can't nest anything into them.
8517 \begin_layout Itemize
8523 \begin_layout Itemize
8529 \begin_layout Itemize
8537 \begin_layout Itemize
8543 \begin_layout Itemize
8549 \begin_layout Itemize
8557 \begin_layout Itemize
8563 \begin_layout Itemize
8569 \begin_layout Itemize
8575 \begin_layout Itemize
8581 \begin_layout Itemize
8587 \begin_layout Itemize
8593 \begin_layout Itemize
8599 \begin_layout Itemize
8606 \begin_layout Itemize
8612 \begin_layout Itemize
8619 \begin_layout Subsection
8620 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
8621 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
8622 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
8629 \begin_layout Standard
8630 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
8631 affected by nesting anyhow.
8635 \begin_layout Itemize
8639 \begin_layout Itemize
8643 \begin_layout Itemize
8647 \begin_layout Standard
8648 [Note: if you put a figure or a table in a
8652 , this is no longer true.
8653 See below or look in sections
8654 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8655 reference "sec:figures"
8660 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
8661 reference "sec:tables"
8668 \begin_layout Standard
8669 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
8670 Well, you can't inline a table, but you can inline math and figures.
8671 If a figure or an equation is inlined, it goes wherever the paragraph it's
8675 \begin_layout Standard
8676 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
8677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8684 of its own, it behaves just like a
8685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8692 paragraph environment.
8693 You can nest it into any environment, but you [obviously] can't nest anything
8697 \begin_layout Standard
8698 Here's an example with a table:
8701 \begin_layout Enumerate
8706 \begin_layout Enumerate
8707 This is (a) and it's nested.
8711 \begin_layout Standard
8712 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8718 \begin_layout Standard
8720 \begin_inset Tabular
8721 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8723 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8724 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8725 <row topline="true">
8726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Standard
8763 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8767 \begin_layout Standard
8782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8785 \begin_layout Standard
8808 \begin_layout Standard
8809 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8816 \begin_layout Enumerate
8818 The table is actually nested inside (a).
8822 \begin_layout Enumerate
8826 \begin_layout Standard
8827 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
8830 \begin_layout Enumerate
8835 \begin_layout Enumerate
8836 This is (a) and it's nested.
8840 \begin_layout Standard
8841 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8847 \begin_layout Standard
8849 \begin_inset Tabular
8850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8854 <row topline="true">
8855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8858 \begin_layout Standard
8873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8876 \begin_layout Standard
8892 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
8893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8896 \begin_layout Standard
8911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8914 \begin_layout Standard
8937 \begin_layout Standard
8938 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8944 \begin_layout Enumerate
8951 In fact, it's not nested at all.
8954 \begin_layout Enumerate
8958 \begin_layout Standard
8959 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
8963 \begin_layout Standard
8964 There's another trap you can fall into: nesting the table, but not going
8966 LyX turns anything after the table into a new [sub]list.
8969 \begin_layout Enumerate
8974 \begin_layout Enumerate
8975 This is (a) and it's nested.
8978 \begin_layout Standard
8979 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8985 \begin_layout Standard
8987 \begin_inset Tabular
8988 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8990 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
8991 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
8992 <row topline="true">
8993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8996 \begin_layout Standard
9011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9014 \begin_layout Standard
9030 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Standard
9049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9052 \begin_layout Standard
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9082 \begin_layout Enumerate
9084 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
9092 \begin_layout Enumerate
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9097 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
9103 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
9104 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Then there are the so-called
9118 is a block of text associated with some sort of label, but which doesn't
9119 have a fixed location.
9121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9128 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
9149 When you're editing a document in LyX, a closed
9153 looks like a gray button with a red label and goes wherever the paragraph
9159 has no fixed location in the final text, nesting has no effect on its actual
9160 location after you feed your document to LaTeX.
9163 \begin_layout Subsection
9164 Usage and General Features
9167 \begin_layout Standard
9168 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
9170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9177 is the innermost possible depth.
9178 Here's an example to display what we mean:
9181 \begin_layout Enumerate
9182 level #1 - outermost
9186 \begin_layout Enumerate
9191 \begin_layout Enumerate
9196 \begin_layout Enumerate
9201 \begin_layout Itemize
9206 \begin_layout Itemize
9215 \begin_layout Standard
9216 Once again, LyX has a maximum of 6 levels, regardless of which specific
9217 paragraph environments you're using at a given level.
9221 \begin_layout Standard
9222 Unfortunately, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9223 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9224 to produce output for your document.
9229 That means that you can perform a six-fold nesting of a
9237 environment, and so on.
9238 You can also mix environments, as we shall see later.
9241 \begin_layout Standard
9242 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
9243 both of them in the example.
9244 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
9254 For example, if we tried to nest another
9259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9270 \begin_layout Standard
9271 Once again, LyX doesn't enforce this limitation.
9272 If you try to exceed it, however, LaTeX will return errors when you go
9273 to produce output for your document.
9281 \begin_layout Subsection
9285 \begin_layout Standard
9286 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
9287 We have several examples of nested environments.
9288 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
9292 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9293 Example #1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
9296 \begin_layout Labeling
9297 \labelwidthstring MMM
9298 #1-a This is the outermost level.
9307 \begin_layout Labeling
9308 \labelwidthstring MMM
9309 #2-a This is level #2.
9310 We created it by using
9323 \begin_layout Labeling
9324 \labelwidthstring MMM
9325 #3-a This is level #3.
9326 This time, we just hit
9336 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
9350 \begin_layout Standard
9355 environment, nested inside of
9356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9364 So, it's at level #4.
9365 We did this by hitting
9374 , then changing the paragraph environment to
9379 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9400 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
9407 \begin_layout Labeling
9408 \labelwidthstring MMM
9409 #4-a This is level #4.
9414 and changed the paragraph environment back to
9419 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
9423 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
9428 keep nesting things inside of
9429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9440 \begin_layout Labeling
9441 \labelwidthstring MMM
9442 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9447 \begin_layout Labeling
9448 \labelwidthstring MMM
9449 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9450 and this is level #6.
9451 By now, you should know how we made these two.
9455 \begin_layout Labeling
9456 \labelwidthstring MMM
9457 #5-b Back to level #5.
9471 \begin_layout Labeling
9472 \labelwidthstring MMM
9482 , we're back at level #4.
9486 \begin_layout Labeling
9487 \labelwidthstring MMM
9488 #3-b Back to level #3.
9489 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
9493 \begin_layout Labeling
9494 \labelwidthstring MMM
9495 #2-b Back to level #2.
9500 \begin_layout Labeling
9501 \labelwidthstring MMM
9502 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
9503 After this sentence, we'll hit
9507 and change the paragraph environment back to
9514 \begin_layout Standard
9515 There you have it! Oh --- we could have also used the
9531 environment in place of the
9536 The example would have worked exactly the same.
9539 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9540 Example #2: Inheritance
9543 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9544 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
9547 \begin_layout LyX-Code
9557 , after which, we'll change to the
9565 \begin_layout Enumerate
9570 environment, at level #2.
9573 \begin_layout Enumerate
9574 Notice how the nested
9578 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment [
9582 ], but also inherits its font and spacing!
9586 \begin_layout Standard
9587 We ended this example by hitting
9592 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
9596 and resetting the nesting depth by using
9604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9605 Example #3: Labels, Levels, and the
9617 \begin_layout Standard
9618 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
9626 \begin_layout Enumerate
9627 This is level #1, in an
9631 paragraph environment.
9632 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
9636 \begin_layout Enumerate
9648 Now, what happens if we nest an
9652 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
9653 label be? An asterisk?
9657 \begin_layout Itemize
9667 environment, even though it's at level #3.
9668 So, its label is a bullet.
9669 [Note: we got here by using
9678 , then changing the environment to
9686 \begin_layout Itemize
9687 Here's level #4, produced using
9697 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
9702 \begin_layout Enumerate
9703 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
9705 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
9710 Notice the type of numbering! It's
9738 \begin_layout Enumerate
9743 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
9744 type of numbering does LyX use?
9747 \begin_layout Enumerate
9748 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
9752 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
9755 \begin_layout Enumerate
9761 to decrease the depth after the next
9769 \begin_layout Enumerate
9771 Look what type of label LyX is using!
9775 \begin_layout Enumerate
9777 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
9778 numeral as the label.
9782 \begin_layout Enumerate
9783 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
9792 Notice, however, that LyX
9796 reset the counter for the label.
9800 \begin_layout Enumerate
9810 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
9811 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
9812 into the twofold-nested
9820 \begin_layout Enumerate
9821 The same thing happens if we do another
9830 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9834 Lastly, we reset the environment to
9839 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labelling
9863 surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for an
9868 The same rule applies for the
9872 environment, as well.
9875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9876 Example #4: Going Bonkers
9879 \begin_layout Enumerate
9880 We're going to go totally nuts now.
9881 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
9882 same detail with how we did it.
9891 \begin_layout Standard
9894 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9897 : level #2] We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
9898 example in brackets someplace.
9899 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
9900 The environment name is, obviously, the name of the current environment.
9901 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
9905 \begin_layout Enumerate
9910 : level #1] This is the next item in the list.
9915 Now we'll add verse.
9917 It will get much worse.
9921 Return, M-p\InsetSpace ~
9928 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
9930 Bippitey boppitey boo!
9940 Here comes a table for you:
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9945 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9953 \begin_inset Tabular
9954 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
9956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
9957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
9959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9980 \begin_layout Standard
9996 <row topline="true">
9997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
10000 \begin_layout Standard
10015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
10018 \begin_layout Standard
10042 \begin_layout Verse
10045 M-Return, Table, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10050 M-Return, Verse, M-p\InsetSpace ~
10057 \begin_layout Enumerate
10062 : level #1] This is another item.
10063 Note that selecting a
10067 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
10068 3 times to put the table inside the
10076 \begin_layout Quotation
10077 We're now ending the
10081 list and changing to
10086 We're still at level #1.
10087 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
10088 The next set of paragraphs is a
10089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10096 We'll nest both the
10105 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
10109 for the letter body.
10114 to preserve the depth.
10115 Remember that you need to use
10119 to create multiple lines inside the
10133 \begin_layout Right Address
10136 Moosegroin, MT 00100
10141 \begin_layout Address
10142 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
10146 \begin_layout Quotation
10147 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50L of compressed
10148 methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
10149 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
10150 a backlog in our orders for methane.
10151 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
10152 as soon as possible.
10153 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
10156 \begin_layout Quotation
10157 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
10158 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
10159 with your order, along with payment.
10162 \begin_layout Quotation
10163 We thank you again for your patience.
10166 \begin_layout Address
10173 \begin_layout Quotation
10174 That ends that example!
10177 \begin_layout Standard
10178 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
10179 just a few keystrokes.
10180 We could have easily nested an
10201 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
10204 \begin_layout Section
10205 Fonts and Text Styles
10208 \begin_layout Subsection
10212 \begin_layout Standard
10213 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10214 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10215 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10216 font to emphasize text, you use an
10217 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10225 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10226 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10230 \begin_layout Standard
10231 Right now, LyX allows you to specify a global default font, and has two
10245 style corresponds to an italics font.
10250 style corresponds to a font in smallcaps, which some languages and writing
10251 styles use to typeset proper names.
10252 The LyX Team has at last (as of LyX version\InsetSpace ~
10253 1.4) introduced true character
10254 styles, but currently these must be defined explicitly in the document
10256 There's currently no GUI support to define new, or tweak existing, character
10257 styles to allow you, the user, to customize which font changes correspond
10261 \begin_layout Subsection
10265 \begin_layout Standard
10266 You can set the default font from the
10271 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 tabfolder/pane offers you a variety of possibilities to set up and adjust
10284 your document fonts.
10285 The most important ones are those in the
10294 The possible options under
10299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10310 and a list of fonts available on your system, each for the
10332 (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10333 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10335 Monospaced) family of fonts.
10337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10345 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10348 uses the fonts that are specified by the document class you are using.
10349 Often, these are the standard TeX fonts, known as
10350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10358 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10366 Depending on the document class, however, it might as well be another font.
10367 Most fonts in the list should be installed on your system.
10368 For others, you might have to get and install the fonts first (LyX indicates
10369 if a font is not installed).
10370 Please have a look at
10375 elp\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10382 about where to get the fonts.
10383 Installing a new font for LaTeX is, unfortunately, not as easy as installing
10384 a new font to common operation systems.
10385 However, most font packages include a step-by-step instruction.
10388 \begin_layout Standard
10389 In most cases, the default family of a document class is roman (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10390 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10392 serif), so the roman font (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10394 Times) will be used all over, unless you select
10395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10415 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10422 for specific selections of the text (see below section
10423 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
10424 reference "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10431 Default\InsetSpace ~
10434 option lets you change this.
10435 So if you want your document (including footnotes etc.), say, all over in
10437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10458 Default\InsetSpace ~
10464 \begin_layout Standard
10474 group, you can usually select from four possible
10491 (some document classes provide more, some less choices).
10492 Remember, this is the
10497 LyX actually scales all of the other possible font sizes (such as those
10498 used in footnotes, superscripts, and subscripts) by this value.
10499 You can always fine-tune the font size from within the document if you
10501 It's also rather silly to use an 8pt or 24pt font as the default font size,
10502 as this typically renders your document unreadable.
10505 \begin_layout Standard
10506 Some Sans Serif and Typewriter Fonts provide the possibility to be scaled.
10507 This might be useful, if a Sans Serif or Typewriter Font has a different
10508 height than the Roman Font.
10509 Please be careful with this option, it can be easily misused.
10512 \begin_layout Standard
10517 group box, you'll finally find possibilities for using so-called
10518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10525 , given that they are provided by a certain font.
10534 indicates that lots of fonts do not use real, but
10539 True Small Caps are specifically designed characters, whereas faked Small
10540 Caps are just scaled Capital letters.
10541 The former looks way better, so if a font offers you the choice, you should
10554 finally lets you select so called Old Style Figures (a.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10555 k.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10557 Medieval Figures, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
10559 figures with ascending or descending form) instead of the standard Lining
10561 Old Style Figures are often preferred due to better legibility in the text,
10562 but it's certainly also a matter of taste.
10563 Just try it out, if it is provided for your font of choice.
10564 Note that math figures are
10568 affected by this choice.
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 Please note that even if LyX tries its best in guessing what fonts are installed
10573 and which options are provided by a given font, it might fail if the fonts
10574 are not set up correctly.
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10578 Note further that once you choose a new value for
10599 You'll only see a difference once you generate the final output.
10600 This is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10601 The only visible change is caused by a change of the default font family.
10602 However, you certainly noticed that, for instance, the roman font on screen
10603 is just a representation of
10604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10616 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10623 dialog), not of the actual roman document font.
10626 \begin_layout Subsection
10627 Using Different Character Styles
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10631 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10632 certain paragraph environments.
10633 We also mentioned two other character styles,
10642 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10646 \begin_layout Standard
10651 style, do one of the following:
10654 \begin_layout Itemize
10655 click on the toolbar button with the person-shaped icon
10658 \begin_layout Itemize
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 These commands are all toggles.
10671 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10674 \begin_layout Standard
10675 One typically uses the
10679 style for proper names.
10681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10688 is the original author of LyX.
10689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10695 \begin_layout Standard
10696 A more widely used character style is the
10701 You can activate [or deactivate - it's also a toggle] the
10708 \begin_layout Itemize
10709 clicking on the toolbar button with the
10710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10720 \begin_layout Itemize
10721 using the keybindings
10727 \begin_layout Standard
10732 style is equivalent to an italicized font.
10733 We have plans to make that association more user-configurable in the future.
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 We've been using the
10741 style all over the place in this document.
10742 Here's one more example:
10745 \begin_layout Quotation
10748 Don't overuse character styles!
10751 \begin_layout Standard
10752 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10753 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10754 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10755 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10759 \begin_layout Standard
10760 Oh --- one last note: You can always reset to the default font using the
10769 \begin_layout Subsection
10770 Fine-Tuning with the
10775 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
10776 name "sub:Text-Style-Dialog"
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10784 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10785 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10786 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10787 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10796 : There is, in fact, such a style sheet for the LyX Documentation, since
10797 manuals need a certain amount of consistency.
10802 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10803 from ordinary dialogue.
10806 \begin_layout Standard
10807 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10808 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles.
10809 Many modern word processors have a vast array of fonts available to them,
10810 providing you with the power of a printing press.
10811 Unfortunately, there is a tendency to overuse that power.
10813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10816 Using a sledgehammer to swat a fly,
10817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10821 And, as the old saying implies, documents that overuse different fonts
10822 and sizes tend to look like someone's knocked huge holes in them.
10825 \begin_layout Standard
10826 Enough complaining.
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 To use custom fonts, open the
10835 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10844 There are seven buttons on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10845 font property which you can choose.
10846 You can choose an option for one of these seven properties, or select
10851 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10856 will reset the property to whatever is the default for the hosting paragraph
10858 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10859 environments in a snap.
10862 \begin_layout Standard
10863 The seven font properties, and their options [in addition to
10875 \begin_layout Labeling
10876 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10885 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10893 The possible options are:
10897 \begin_layout Labeling
10898 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10903 This is the Roman font family.
10907 \begin_layout Standard
10908 It's also the default family.
10918 \begin_layout Labeling
10919 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10927 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10931 \begin_layout Standard
10941 \begin_layout Labeling
10942 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10949 This is the Typewriter font family.
10953 \begin_layout Standard
10964 \begin_layout Labeling
10965 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
10973 This corresponds to the print weight.
10978 \begin_layout Labeling
10979 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
10984 This is the Medium font series.
10988 \begin_layout Standard
10989 It's also the default series.
10993 \begin_layout Labeling
10994 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11001 This is the Bold font series.
11005 \begin_layout Standard
11006 You can toggle this series on or off with the keybinding
11016 \begin_layout Labeling
11017 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11026 As the name implies.
11031 \begin_layout Labeling
11032 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11037 This is the Upright font shape.
11041 \begin_layout Standard
11042 It's also the default shape.
11046 \begin_layout Labeling
11047 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11061 s the Italic font shape
11067 \begin_layout Labeling
11068 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11075 This is the Slanted font shape
11077 (although it might not be visible on screen, this is different from italic).
11080 \begin_layout Labeling
11081 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11089 This is the Small caps font shape
11096 \begin_layout Labeling
11097 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11106 Alters the size of the font.
11107 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11108 nal to the default font size.
11109 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11110 what you want to do.
11114 \begin_layout Standard
11115 The options [and their keybindings] are:
11118 \begin_layout Labeling
11119 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11138 \begin_layout Standard
11153 \begin_layout Labeling
11154 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11173 \begin_layout Standard
11183 \begin_layout Labeling
11184 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11203 \begin_layout Standard
11218 \begin_layout Labeling
11219 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11238 \begin_layout Standard
11253 \begin_layout Labeling
11254 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11271 \begin_layout Standard
11272 It's also the default size.
11287 \begin_layout Labeling
11288 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11307 \begin_layout Standard
11322 \begin_layout Labeling
11323 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11342 \begin_layout Standard
11357 \begin_layout Labeling
11358 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11387 \begin_layout Labeling
11388 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 \begin_layout Standard
11422 \begin_layout Labeling
11423 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11457 \begin_layout Standard
11462 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11463 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11464 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11465 - use that instead.
11466 This is here for fine-tuning
11472 \begin_layout Labeling
11473 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
11481 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11486 \begin_layout Labeling
11487 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11494 This is text with emphasize on
11500 \begin_layout Standard
11501 This might seem like the same as
11505 , but it is actually a bit different.
11506 If you use emphasize on italicized text, it will make it upright.
11507 In future versions of LyX, we hope to let you customize the exact behavior
11516 \begin_layout Labeling
11517 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11524 This is text with Underbar on.
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11538 \begin_layout Labeling
11539 \labelwidthstring MMMMMM
11546 This is text with Noun on.
11550 \begin_layout Standard
11555 , this is a logical attribute.
11556 For the moment, it is equivalent to
11561 , but that is bound to change some day.
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11566 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11567 when you couldn't change fonts.
11568 We no longer need to resort to emphasizing text by overstriking it with
11569 an underscore character.
11570 It's only included in LyX because it's also in LaTeX, and because some
11575 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions (and in
11576 fact we use it in these manuals to indicate keyboard shortcuts for menu
11581 \begin_layout Labeling
11582 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11587 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11588 Of course, you need to have a color printer to exploit this, but you also
11593 LaTeX package installed.
11598 is not able to display these colors.
11604 , which is the standard
11605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11612 , you can choose between
11647 \begin_layout Labeling
11648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11653 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11654 the language of the document.
11655 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change.
11658 \begin_layout Standard
11659 You have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11662 \begin_layout Standard
11663 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11668 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11676 dialog, you can activate it using the toolbar button labelled
11677 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11692 The toolbar button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style
11693 even when the dialog isn't visible.
11697 \begin_layout Standard
11698 As we stated earlier, to completely reset the character style to the default,
11705 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11706 (suppose you just sent the shape to
11707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11724 Toggle on all these
11737 \begin_layout Standard
11738 We conclude with the same warning we've been spewing: Don't overuse the
11740 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a horrible substitute for good
11742 Your writing should speak for itself --- and will.
11745 \begin_layout Section
11746 Printing and Previewing
11749 \begin_layout Subsection
11753 \begin_layout Standard
11754 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11755 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11756 Before we tell you that, however, we want to give you a quickie explanation
11757 of what goes on behind-the-scenes.
11758 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
11765 \begin_layout Standard
11766 LyX uses a program called
11767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11775 (Actually, LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system,
11776 but to prevent confusion, we'll just refer to the whole magilla as
11777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11784 ) Think of it this way: LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11785 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11786 This happens in a couple of stages:
11789 \begin_layout Enumerate
11790 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11791 generating a file with the extension,
11792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11807 \begin_layout Enumerate
11808 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11812 file to produce printable output.
11813 It doesn't know anything about your printer, however.
11814 Instead, LaTeX produces what's known as a
11818 file, or DVI for short.
11819 The actual output is in a file with the extension,
11820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 DVI files are completely portable; you can move them from one machine to
11833 another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11837 \begin_layout Description
11838 NOTE: The DVI file only contains what was in the LaTeX file itself.
11839 If you have included PostScript pictures in your document, there will only
11840 be a link to these files.
11841 So don't forget these files if you move your
11845 file to another computer.
11849 \begin_layout Enumerate
11855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11862 Once you have it, you can view it, print it, or convert it to other formats.
11866 \begin_layout Enumerate
11871 files using a program called
11878 \begin_layout Enumerate
11879 Some printers and Unix systems understand DVI, and can print your
11886 \begin_layout Enumerate
11887 Nowadays, most printers understand the PostScript format.
11888 LyX automatically converts the
11892 file to a PostScript file for you when you go to print out your document.
11893 LyX will also let you preview a PostScript version of your document using
11902 \begin_layout Standard
11903 One advantage of using PostScript® is that the converter program [called
11908 ] takes any PostScript graphics you may have included in your document and
11909 puts it into the resulting PostScript version of your document.
11910 It also includes any special fonts you may have used.
11911 That makes the PostScript version much, much more portable than the DVI
11917 \begin_layout Standard
11918 LyX does all of these steps automagically for you.
11921 \begin_layout Standard
11922 As you have seen, a lot of things happen before you get a hardcopy or a
11923 preview of your document.
11924 So, don't worry if printing requires a bit more time than with other word
11926 The printed result is worth the wait.
11927 Quality always has its price.
11930 \begin_layout Subsection
11931 Quick Viewing with xdvi
11934 \begin_layout Standard
11935 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
11936 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, select
11941 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11952 \begin_layout Standard
11953 When all of the behind-the-scenes action is done, LyX calls the program
11959 You can now look at the results.
11960 [If you want more info on the
11971 \begin_layout Description
11972 Helpful-Tip: Keep the
11976 window open, maybe moving it to another desktop.
11977 Then, after you make changes to your document, just use
11982 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11987 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12004 program will automatically reread the
12008 file and give you an updated view.
12011 \begin_layout Subsection
12012 Viewing the PostScript Version with ghostview
12015 \begin_layout Standard
12020 to view your document is the easiest and fastest way.
12021 There may be times, however, when you want to look at the PostScript version.
12022 One reason is fonts.
12026 \begin_layout Standard
12031 : Another reason is paranoia.
12032 I always like to look at the PostScript file before I print it, just so
12033 I see exactly what went to the printer\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12039 You can use PostScript fonts in a LaTeX document, but
12048 or some other PostScript file viewer to see the actual results.
12051 \begin_layout Standard
12052 To view the PostScript version of your document, select
12068 When all of the magic behind-the-scenes is done, LyX calls the program
12074 You can now look at the results.
12077 \begin_layout Standard
12078 You've guessed what the
12083 pdate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12097 menu does, haven't you? Remember to click once in the
12101 window after this command to update the view.
12104 \begin_layout Subsection
12108 \begin_layout Standard
12109 To print a file, select
12123 menu, or click on the toolbar button with the printer on it.
12131 \begin_layout Standard
12132 You can choose to only print even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12133 is useful for printing on two sides: you can re-insert the pages after
12134 printing one set of pages, to print on the other side.
12135 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12136 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12137 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12140 \begin_layout Standard
12141 You can set the parameters in the
12148 \begin_layout Labeling
12149 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12157 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12161 \begin_layout Standard
12162 Note that this printer name isn't for the
12175 has to be configured for this printer name.
12177 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12178 reference "sec:dvipsconfig"
12186 documentation for details.
12187 The default printer can also be set in
12196 The printer should understand PostScript files.
12199 \begin_layout Labeling
12200 \labelwidthstring MMMM
12208 The name of a file to print to.
12209 The output will be in Post\SpecialChar \-
12211 The file will generally be written in the current directory, unless you
12212 specify the full path.
12215 \begin_layout Standard
12216 Note that printing may need little time, since LaTeX,
12220 and, if you don't have a PostScript printer,
12224 have to process your document.
12227 \begin_layout Section
12228 A Few Words about Typography
12231 \begin_layout Subsection
12232 Hyphens and Hyphenation
12233 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12241 \begin_layout Standard
12243 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12254 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12269 \begin_layout Enumerate
12275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_layout Enumerate
12295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12304 \begin_layout Standard
12316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12322 \begin_layout Enumerate
12328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12337 \begin_layout Standard
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12362 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12368 \begin_layout Enumerate
12372 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12392 \begin_layout Standard
12393 You generate these by using the
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12405 character multiple times in a row.
12406 LyX automatically converts them to the appropriate length dash in the final
12410 \begin_layout Standard
12411 The three types of dash are distinct from the minus sign, which appears
12412 in math mode and has a length of its own.
12413 Here are some examples of the
12414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12428 \begin_layout Enumerate
12429 line- and page-breaks
12438 \begin_layout Enumerate
12448 \begin_layout Enumerate
12449 Oh --- there's a dash.
12458 \begin_layout Enumerate
12459 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12471 \begin_layout Standard
12472 Those of you reading this from within LyX will see no difference, though
12473 there is one in the printed version.
12476 \begin_layout Standard
12477 One more note about hyphenation --- LyX automatically breaks up words and
12478 inserts hyphens in English text.
12479 The words won't be hyphenated until you generate the final output.
12482 \begin_layout Standard
12483 Actually, it's LaTeX that does this, and it will also hyphenate words in
12489 To know whether (PDF)LaTeX hyphenates for
12493 language, look at any log file produced by a LaTeX run: it will say
12496 \begin_layout Quote
12499 Babel <v3.7h> and hyphenation patterns for american, french, german, ngerman,
12500 nohyphenation, loaded.
12503 \begin_layout Standard
12504 This tells you that, e.g., if you write in Finnish, you're out of luck.
12505 Study (for the teTeX distribution of LaTeX) the utilities
12513 in order to switch hyphenation on for your language by
12514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12521 the relevant line in a file typically named
12526 Sorry for the inconvenience.
12529 \begin_layout Standard
12530 If, for whatever reason, LaTeX
12534 can't break a word correctly (e.g., a compound word), you can set hyphenation
12536 This is done with the menu item
12538 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12547 Special\InsetSpace ~
12562 Note that these extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12563 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will totally ignore them.
12566 \begin_layout Subsection
12570 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12571 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12572 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12582 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12583 LaTeX then adds the
12584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12587 appropriate amount of space
12588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12591 : sentences get a little bit more space between the period and the next
12593 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation and
12598 what's the end of a sentence is really quite brain-dead.
12600 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12611 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12612 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12615 \begin_layout Standard
12616 Here are some examples of
12620 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12623 \begin_layout Itemize
12628 \begin_layout Itemize
12633 \begin_layout Standard
12634 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
12635 and here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12638 \begin_layout Itemize
12641 this is too much space!
12644 \begin_layout Itemize
12649 \begin_layout Standard
12650 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12653 \begin_layout Standard
12654 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12657 \begin_layout Enumerate
12660 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12663 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12665 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12666 reference "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
12673 \begin_layout Enumerate
12679 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
12681 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
12682 reference "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
12689 \begin_layout Enumerate
12694 sentence\InsetSpace ~
12702 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12707 pecial\InsetSpace ~
12710 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
12711 This function is also bound to
12718 \begin_layout Standard
12719 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
12722 \begin_layout Itemize
12723 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
12724 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
12725 this is too much space!
12728 \begin_layout Itemize
12729 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
12733 \begin_layout Standard
12734 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
12735 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry about all
12737 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
12743 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12751 feature described in
12758 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12760 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
12768 \begin_layout Standard
12769 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
12770 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
12771 and use a closing quote at the end.
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12781 The keyboard character,
12785 , generates this automatically.
12788 \begin_layout Standard
12791 New in version 1.4:
12793 To get single quotation marks, you have to press
12798 This produces quotation marks like this:
12799 \begin_inset Quotes els
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 You can also select quotes for different languages via the
12814 There are six choices:
12817 \begin_layout Labeling
12818 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12830 Use quotes like this
12831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12839 \begin_inset Quotes els
12843 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12849 \begin_layout Labeling
12850 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12853 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12857 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12863 \begin_inset Quotes sld
12867 \begin_inset Quotes srd
12871 \begin_inset Quotes ers
12877 \begin_layout Labeling
12878 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12881 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12885 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12891 \begin_inset Quotes gld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes grd
12899 \begin_inset Quotes gls
12903 \begin_inset Quotes grs
12909 \begin_layout Labeling
12910 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12913 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12917 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12923 \begin_inset Quotes pld
12927 \begin_inset Quotes prd
12931 \begin_inset Quotes pls
12935 \begin_inset Quotes prs
12941 \begin_layout Labeling
12942 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12945 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12949 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12955 \begin_inset Quotes fld
12959 \begin_inset Quotes frd
12963 \begin_inset Quotes fls
12967 \begin_inset Quotes frs
12973 \begin_layout Labeling
12974 \labelwidthstring MMMMM
12977 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12981 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12987 \begin_inset Quotes ald
12991 \begin_inset Quotes ard
12995 \begin_inset Quotes als
12999 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13005 \begin_layout Standard
13006 Again, this affects what character the
13013 \begin_layout Standard
13014 On the other hand, if you want to produce a bona-fide quote character, type
13027 \begin_layout Subsection
13029 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13030 name "sec:ligatures"
13037 \begin_layout Standard
13038 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13039 print them as single characters.
13040 These groups are known as
13045 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your LyX documents will contain them,
13047 Here are the possible ligatures:
13050 \begin_layout Itemize
13054 \begin_layout Itemize
13058 \begin_layout Itemize
13062 \begin_layout Itemize
13066 \begin_layout Itemize
13070 \begin_layout Standard
13071 Once in a while, though, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13072 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13080 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13096 To break a ligature, use
13101 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13102 Special\InsetSpace ~
13109 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13112 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13128 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13145 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13153 \begin_layout Subsection
13155 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13163 \begin_layout Standard
13164 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13166 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13167 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13168 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13169 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13170 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13171 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13184 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13185 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13186 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13187 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13188 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13189 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13192 \begin_layout Standard
13193 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13194 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13195 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13197 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13198 key "latexcompanion"
13204 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
13209 ] may have more information.
13210 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13213 \begin_layout Chapter
13214 Floats: Tables, Figures, Footnotes and Margin Notes
13215 \begin_inset OptArg
13218 \begin_layout Standard
13219 Tables, Figures, and Notes
13227 \begin_layout Section
13231 \begin_layout Standard
13232 Unlike other typesetting programs, LyX uses
13233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13240 boxes instead of displaying its footnotes at the bottom of the screen or
13241 somewhere else in your text.
13242 When you insert a footnote with
13251 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13289 appearing within your text.
13290 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
13291 You can enter your text into this box.
13293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13312 label, the box will
13313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13325 Clicking on the button again will
13330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13341 \begin_layout Standard
13342 To close this footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
13347 You will not see any numbers within LyX.
13348 You don't need to worry about those, anyhow, because LyX does the numbering
13349 for you, as well as putting the footnote at the bottom of the correct page,
13350 when it processes your file.
13351 If you want to turn already existing text into a footnote, simply mark
13352 it and click on the footnote button (a picture of text with an arrow pointing
13353 to stuff in the bottom margin).
13358 Vice versa, you can change a footnote to regular text by hitting the
13362 key when the cursor is in the first position of a footnote, or by hitting
13367 key when the cursor is in the very last position of the footnote, respectively
13368 (this works for all
13369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13379 \begin_layout Standard
13380 What LyX cannot do, yet, is take care of special needs like setting the
13381 footnote numbering back to 1 after each section in the
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13395 document class or changing the counter
13400 You'll need to insert LaTeX commands like th
13408 Tricks for Footnotes and Marginpars
13411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13429 \begin_layout Description
13430 NOTE: A float in LaTeX and LyX isn't a simple paragraph as with usual word
13432 It is a complex text structure that may contain everything except floats.
13433 That means you can use all the layouts inside a float, even figures and
13435 You may not need this too often, but if you do occasionally need it, it's
13439 \begin_layout Section
13443 \begin_layout Standard
13444 Margin notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
13445 When you insert a margin note via
13451 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13467 or the toolbar button (which contains a picture of text in a margin with
13468 an arrow pointing to it), you'll see
13484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13491 appearing within your text.
13492 \begin_inset Marginal
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 This is a margin note.
13501 This box is LyX's representation of your margin note.
13502 You can enter your text into this box.
13504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 label, the box will
13518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13526 You can access it at a later time by clicking on the
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13543 \begin_layout Standard
13544 As a default, LyX uses 1.9 cm (0.75 inches) as the margin width to allow room
13546 This might not be what you're looking for, but as with footnotes, LyX cannot
13547 yet do everything LaTeX has to offer.
13548 You might want to consult your LaTeX handbook for additional commands.
13552 \begin_layout Section
13553 Figures and Imported Graphics
13554 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13562 \begin_layout Standard
13563 No document preparation system is complete without the ability to import
13564 graphics from other utilities into the document.
13565 In LyX, these are referred to as ``figures'' whether they are actually
13566 figures in the traditional sense or simply some kind of imported image.
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13571 Note that figures referred to here are do not have captions and sit wherever
13572 in the document you place them.
13573 If you need one of these features, see sec.\InsetSpace ~
13575 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13576 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13583 \begin_layout Standard
13584 To place a figure in your document, click on the second right-most icon
13585 on the toolbar, or select
13590 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13601 \begin_layout Standard
13602 A dialog will appear for you to choose the file to load.
13603 You can also change any settings you need to in this dialog.
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13608 \begin_inset Graphics
13609 filename clipart/mobius.eps
13612 rotateOrigin center
13619 \begin_layout Standard
13620 This dialog has numerous parameters, though most should be self-explanatory.
13625 field allows you to choose your image file.
13627 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13628 reference "sub:How-it-works"
13632 for information on supported formats.) The figure can be transformed by
13633 setting a rotation angle, setting the output size, and clipping the image.
13634 It is possible to set the clipping parameters automatically for some image
13635 formats by clicking the
13636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13639 Clip to bounding box
13640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13643 check box under the
13648 For scaling, you can set the scale directly by using a percentage value,
13649 or you can set the width and height explicitly.
13651 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13652 reference "cap:Units-for-image"
13656 for the available units.) If you set only one of these, the other will be
13657 determined automatically.
13658 If you set both, then the image will be transformed to the given size,
13659 possibly distorting it.
13660 If you do not want the image distorted, check the
13662 Maintain aspect ratio
13665 The image will then be scaled so that its width and height do not exceed
13666 the specified dimensions.
13669 \begin_layout Standard
13670 It is possible to control the display of the figure in LyX and the display
13671 in the final document separately, which can be very useful for large figures.
13672 LaTeX wizards can specify additional LaTeX options in the
13674 LaTeX and LyX Options
13677 You can also set the
13681 option here, for use in figure floats (see Section\InsetSpace ~
13683 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
13684 reference "sec:figurefloats"
13689 See the documentation for the LaTeX-package
13693 for more information.
13696 \begin_layout Subsection
13698 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13699 name "sub:How-it-works"
13706 \begin_layout Standard
13707 LyX has the ability to handle literally any graphics format in the known
13708 universe so long as a conversion path from this graphics format to the
13709 target output format can be created.
13710 If that sounds a little obtuse, consider how LyX handles Encapsulated PostScrip
13712 LaTeX provides native support for this format, so LyX needs do nothing
13719 LaTeX command to insert the figure in the final document.
13722 \begin_layout Standard
13723 \begin_inset Float table
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 \begin_inset Caption
13732 \begin_layout Standard
13733 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
13734 name "cap:Units-for-image"
13738 Units for setting the image size
13746 \begin_layout Standard
13747 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
13753 \begin_layout Standard
13755 \begin_inset Tabular
13756 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
13758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
13759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
13760 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
13761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13764 \begin_layout Standard
13770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13773 \begin_layout Standard
13780 <row topline="true">
13781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13784 \begin_layout Standard
13790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13793 \begin_layout Standard
13800 <row topline="true">
13801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13804 \begin_layout Standard
13810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13813 \begin_layout Standard
13820 <row topline="true">
13821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13824 \begin_layout Standard
13830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13840 <row topline="true">
13841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13853 \begin_layout Standard
13854 point (72.27 pt = 1 in)
13860 <row topline="true">
13861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13864 \begin_layout Standard
13870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13873 \begin_layout Standard
13874 pica (1 pc = 12 pt)
13880 <row topline="true">
13881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13884 \begin_layout Standard
13890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13893 \begin_layout Standard
13894 scaled point (65536 sp = 1 pt)
13900 <row topline="true">
13901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 big point (72 bp = 1 in)
13920 <row topline="true">
13921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13924 \begin_layout Standard
13930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13933 \begin_layout Standard
13935 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
13939 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
13948 <row topline="true">
13949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13961 \begin_layout Standard
13962 cicero (1cc = 12 dd)
13968 <row topline="true">
13969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13972 \begin_layout Standard
13978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13981 \begin_layout Standard
13982 % of original image width
13988 <row topline="true">
13989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13992 \begin_layout Standard
13998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14001 \begin_layout Standard
14008 <row topline="true">
14009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14012 \begin_layout Standard
14018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14021 \begin_layout Standard
14028 <row topline="true">
14029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14041 \begin_layout Standard
14048 <row topline="true">
14049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14052 \begin_layout Standard
14058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14061 \begin_layout Standard
14068 <row topline="true">
14069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14072 \begin_layout Standard
14078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14081 \begin_layout Standard
14088 <row topline="true">
14089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14092 \begin_layout Standard
14098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14101 \begin_layout Standard
14108 <row topline="true">
14109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14112 \begin_layout Standard
14118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14121 \begin_layout Standard
14132 <row topline="true">
14133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14145 \begin_layout Standard
14156 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
14157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
14160 \begin_layout Standard
14166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 math unit (1 mu = 1/18 em)
14188 \begin_layout Standard
14189 To view the figure on the LyX screen, however, some additional work is required
14190 because neither the XForms nor the Qt GUI libraries can load PostScript®
14191 figures themselves.
14192 The XForms library can load figures in the following, widely used graphics
14225 whilst the Qt library can also handle
14238 Thus, LyX must initiate a conversion from Encapsulated PostScript® to a
14239 loadable graphics format.
14242 \begin_layout Standard
14243 It does this using the powerful, configurable converters mechanism exposed
14255 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
14264 If LyX cannot create a conversion path (which might have many steps) from
14265 Encapsulated PostScript® to one of the loadable formats listed above, then
14266 it defaults to the use of ImageMagick's
14271 If, after all that, LyX
14275 cannot load the figure, then it'll tell you so with a message
14276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14279 Error converting to loadable format
14280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14283 in place of an on-screen view of your figure.
14284 If you're presented with such a message, then you'll need to augment the
14285 list of known converters.
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 This strategy is used both to generate on-screen views of your image and
14290 when generating the final document.
14291 In the latter case, the LaTeX compiler must be supplied with graphics files
14292 in PostScript® format.
14293 Similarly the PDFLaTeX compiler requires files in
14306 LyX will handle the necessary conversions behind the scenes.
14309 \begin_layout Subsection
14313 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14314 Using Figure Floats
14315 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14316 name "sec:figurefloats"
14323 \begin_layout Standard
14324 The problem with inserting figures straight into your text is that they
14325 might make the pagination of your document extremely awkward.
14326 To suit the LyX mentality of automating such processes, you might find
14327 it preferable to use
14329 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14332 , which LyX (actually, LaTeX) is free to move about your document as it
14333 deems necessary for a good fit.
14334 In return, LyX automates the listing of these figures and allows you to
14335 place a caption on them, using the
14339 environment explained in Section\InsetSpace ~
14341 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14342 reference "sec:captionlayout"
14349 \begin_layout Standard
14352 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14360 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14365 t\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14369 You will get a float without a figure in it; use the toolbar icon described
14370 above to insert the actual figure.
14373 \begin_layout Standard
14374 \begin_inset Float figure
14380 \begin_layout Standard
14381 \begin_inset Caption
14383 \begin_layout Standard
14384 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14398 \begin_layout Standard
14400 \begin_inset Graphics
14401 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
14403 rotateOrigin center
14415 \begin_layout Standard
14416 \begin_inset Float figure
14422 \begin_layout Standard
14424 \begin_inset Graphics
14425 filename clipart/platypus.eps
14427 rotateOrigin center
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 \begin_inset Caption
14437 \begin_layout Standard
14438 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14439 name "fig:kill-plat"
14443 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
14456 \begin_layout Standard
14457 It seems simple, but there is subtlety involved in the placement of the
14459 If you prefer your caption to appear below the figure, then you must press
14460 return when the cursor is at the very start of the caption, and insert
14461 the figure in the new paragraph created above the caption; or you can delete
14462 the caption and recreate it by selecting the
14466 environment after the figure has been inserted.
14467 This is what we did for figure
14468 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14469 reference "fig:kill-plat"
14474 If the cursor is in a paragraph after the caption when you insert the
14478 then it will be inserted after the caption, as was the case for
14479 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14480 reference "fig:escher"
14485 It is preferred to use one
14494 This allows LyX [actually LaTeX] to best position each figure.
14497 \begin_layout Standard
14498 Right-clicking on a float opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
14499 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float (see
14500 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14501 reference "sec:float-locn"
14511 is only useful for two-column documents: if you select it, the float will
14512 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
14516 \begin_layout Standard
14517 This figure also shows how we place a label and create a cross-reference
14518 to it; as you would expect from reading section
14519 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14520 reference "sec:crossref"
14524 you can simply insert a
14531 in the caption and refer to it using a
14540 It is especially important to use these with figure floats, rather than
14541 using vague references to
14542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14549 as LaTeX will reposition your floats for you in the final document; it
14551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14559 If it is not possible to fit the floats neatly on the same page as the
14560 text which refers to it, the figures will be placed on a separate page
14562 Rest assured that the overall effect is usually quite nice.
14565 \begin_layout Standard
14566 Note that the caption is used in a
14576 (as described in Section\InsetSpace ~
14578 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
14579 reference "sec:ListsOf"
14583 ) automatically, should you choose to include one in your document.
14586 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14588 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
14589 name "sec:float-locn"
14596 \begin_layout Standard
14597 Now, the whole idea behind
14599 Figure\InsetSpace ~
14607 , which we introduce later] is to allow LyX to place a figure [or table]
14608 on a page in a consistent, sensible fashion.
14609 The rules LaTeX uses are rather arcane; refer to the LaTeX documentation
14610 for the exact details.
14611 You can use check boxes in the float dialog to set placement for a particular
14613 By default, each float uses the document's default placement rules.
14614 You can change these, if you wish, in the
14619 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14632 box takes a LaTeX-style placement specification.
14633 You can place any combination of four letters in the
14641 \begin_layout Itemize
14651 \begin_layout Itemize
14661 \begin_layout Itemize
14671 \begin_layout Itemize
14681 \begin_layout Standard
14682 The letters correspond to the following behaviour:
14685 \begin_layout Description
14686 Here: LyX tries to put the
14690 at the same point in the text where you put it.
14694 \begin_layout Standard
14695 If there isn't enough room, LyX tries one of the other three location types.
14699 \begin_layout Description
14700 Top: LyX tries to put the
14704 at the top of the current page.
14705 If the figure won't fit on the current page, it goes to the next page.
14708 \begin_layout Description
14709 Bottom: LyX tries to put the
14713 at the bottom of the current page.
14714 If there isn't room, it goes to the next page.
14717 \begin_layout Description
14718 Page: LyX tries to put the
14726 s) on a page of its own.
14729 \begin_layout Standard
14730 There is some subtlety to how this all works.
14731 The order specifies what location LyX should try first.
14732 If that one fails, it tries the next one, and so on, though
14733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14744 will always take precedence if it appears in the list.
14745 The default placement list is
14746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 : try the top of a text page first, then the bottom of a text page, then
14758 on a page by itself.
14759 If you want LyX to try
14760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14767 to place the figure where you command it, precede the list with an exclamation
14769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14781 Here are some example entries and what they do:
14784 \begin_layout Enumerate
14791 \begin_layout Standard
14792 Try putting the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14793 If that doesn't work, put it on the bottom of the page.
14794 If that fails, put it on a separate page.
14798 \begin_layout Enumerate
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 Try really hard to put the figure/table at its actual position in the text.
14807 Then the bottom of the page, then on a separate page.
14811 \begin_layout Enumerate
14818 \begin_layout Standard
14819 Put the figure/table at the top of each page.
14820 If it's too long, put it on a separate page.
14824 \begin_layout Enumerate
14831 \begin_layout Standard
14832 Always put figures and tables on their own page.
14836 \begin_layout Subsection
14840 \begin_layout Standard
14841 One obvious question is
14842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14845 how would I create the figures?
14846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14849 Fortunately, the answer is included in most Linux and/or LaTeX distributions.
14854 is a powerful though slightly awkward drawing tool.
14855 If you want to include figures that you have created with
14859 there are several ways.
14860 We recommend the following:
14863 \begin_layout Enumerate
14864 Export the figure as Encapsulated PostScript.
14865 This could be very easy included into LyX as described in the previous
14867 The great advantage of this way is, that you have the full power of PostScript®
14869 That means Bezier curves, colors, all line thicknesses and many more.
14870 If you have inserted text into your fig-document this will be printed with
14871 PostScript fonts, which is OK\SpecialChar \@.
14872 The figure can be manipulated like any other
14873 EPS figure, as described above.
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 The only disadvantage is that you cannot create formulas as PostScript text
14881 If you also need formulas or simple exponents or indices in your figure,
14882 the next way is recommended.
14886 \begin_layout Enumerate
14887 Export the figure as LaTeX.
14888 This is just as easy to include into LyX, with the advantage that you may
14889 use all LaTeX commands within the text inside XFig.
14890 Therefore you have to set the
14895 This is automatic if you invoke XFig with
14901 If this is done and you have also chosen a LaTeX font you may simply write
14903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14912 XFig\SpecialChar \@.
14915 If you export this figure as LaTeX and include it in LyX with
14920 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14928 (see description in
14932 ) this text will appear as
14933 \begin_inset Formula $H_{2}$
14941 \begin_layout Standard
14942 The disadvantage of this way is that the graphical power of LaTeX isn't
14943 as strong as PostScript®\SpecialChar \@.
14944 You cannot use all thicknesses of lines and, more
14945 annoyingly, not all slopes.
14946 This is why we recommend the third way for more complex figures.
14950 \begin_layout Enumerate
14951 Export the figure as LaTeX/PostScript combined.
14960 , really] will generate two files:
14964 \begin_layout Enumerate
14965 the PostScript part
14969 , that contains all painting.
14972 \begin_layout Enumerate
14977 , that contains all text and a link to the PostScript part.
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14982 Then you just have to include the LaTeX part as described above.
14983 This will automatically include the PostScript part, too.
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14988 If you get an error like
14989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14992 unknown graphics extension pstex
14993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14996 you have to declare these graphic extensions.
15001 bug that occurs with LaTeX2e.
15002 Simply add a line like
15005 \begin_layout Standard
15010 @namedef{Gin@rule@ps_tex}#1{{eps}{ps_tex}{#1}}
15013 \begin_layout Standard
15016 /usr/lib/texmf/tex/latex/graphics/dvips.def
15026 \begin_layout Standard
15031 Gin@extensions{eps, ps, pstex, eps.gz, ps.gz, eps=2EZ}
15034 \begin_layout Standard
15035 This should fix the whole thing.
15036 Alternatively you may export the postscript part as
15040 and change the LaTeX part
15045 But this is annoying.
15051 This way you have the full PostScript® and LaTeX power combined except
15052 for the possibility to scale the figure after creating.
15053 So if you want scalable pictures, the PostScript format is your only choice.
15054 Another little advantage of letting LaTeX typeset the font is that the
15055 same font will appear in your figures as in your text, which looks a little
15059 \begin_layout Section
15061 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
15069 \begin_layout Standard
15070 LyX has powerful table support, but LaTeX can do many more things with tables
15071 than LyX is currently capable of, so you might want to look at a good LaTeX
15072 book if the features described here should turn out to be inadequate.
15075 \begin_layout Standard
15076 You can insert a table using either the table toolbar button or
15081 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15089 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15090 The default table has lines at the top and to the left of every cell, a
15091 line to the right of the rightmost column and a line at the bottom of the
15092 lowest row, forming a box around the table.
15093 Additionally, the topmost row also has a line at the bottom, which causes
15094 this row to appear separated from the rest of the table.
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15100 \begin_inset Tabular
15101 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15104 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15107 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15111 \begin_layout Standard
15117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15120 \begin_layout Standard
15135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15156 \begin_layout Standard
15172 <row topline="true">
15173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15176 \begin_layout Standard
15191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15194 \begin_layout Standard
15200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15203 \begin_layout Standard
15209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15219 <row topline="true">
15220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15241 \begin_layout Standard
15247 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15250 \begin_layout Standard
15265 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15275 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15279 \begin_layout Standard
15294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15306 \begin_layout Standard
15312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15315 \begin_layout Standard
15329 \begin_layout Subsection
15333 \begin_layout Standard
15334 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15335 brings up a settings dialog.
15336 Among these options are:
15339 \begin_layout Itemize
15340 Adding/removing border lines from a row or column.
15341 If you remove the top line from one of the rows, you'll get a dotted line
15342 in LyX, but no line will appear in the printout.
15343 If you set the bottom line of one row and the top line of the row below,
15344 then the rows are separated by a small space, as you can see with the top
15345 row in the example above.
15346 You can do the same vertically if you set the right line of a column and
15347 the left line of the column to the right.
15350 \begin_layout Itemize
15351 Text alignment in a column
15354 \begin_layout Itemize
15355 Appending rows and columns
15358 \begin_layout Itemize
15359 Deleting rows, columns, or the entire table
15362 \begin_layout Itemize
15366 \begin_layout Itemize
15367 Setting a fixed width for a column
15370 \begin_layout Itemize
15371 Longtable options - this is useful if your table is higher than the paper.
15372 Then the table is split on the bottom of the page and continued on the
15373 next one, instead of running of the end of the page.
15376 \begin_layout Itemize
15377 Rotate the whole table or a single cell sideways, by 90 degrees
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 You can also use the menu to perform these operations.
15387 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15401 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15408 when the cursor is inside a table.
15412 \begin_layout Standard
15413 Most of these options also work on selections.
15414 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15415 done on all of your selection.
15416 Note that there is a difference between selecting the
15420 of the cell, and the cell itself.
15421 If you can see a red border inside a cell, then a selection will select
15427 or click outside of the box, then the selection will select cells (whether
15428 you use the mouse or the normal cursor-movement keys).
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15432 When you append a row, it is added
15436 the row containing the cursor.
15437 Similarly, columns are appended to the
15442 This makes it difficult to add columns on the left edge of a table without
15443 a lot of cutting and pasting.
15444 Deletion is always performed on the row or column containing the cursor.
15448 \begin_layout Standard
15449 The multicolumn option merges two or more adjacent cells on a given row.
15450 For example, in the above table, row
15451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15458 has had multicolumn applied to the columns labelled
15459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15474 To use it, you must first select the cells, then choose
15479 This will not work vertically - see the Table Examples document for how
15483 \begin_layout Standard
15488 if you need to have a special handling for a single table cell's top and
15489 bottom border lines and text alignment.
15490 Here an example of this special handling of a cell:
15493 \begin_layout Standard
15495 \begin_inset Tabular
15496 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
15498 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15499 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15500 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15501 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15502 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15505 \begin_layout Standard
15520 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15523 \begin_layout Standard
15538 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15557 <row topline="true">
15558 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15576 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15579 \begin_layout Standard
15593 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15596 \begin_layout Standard
15611 <row topline="true">
15612 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15615 \begin_layout Standard
15630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15633 \begin_layout Standard
15647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15650 \begin_layout Standard
15665 <row topline="true">
15666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15669 \begin_layout Standard
15684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15687 \begin_layout Standard
15701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15704 \begin_layout Standard
15719 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15723 \begin_layout Standard
15738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15741 \begin_layout Standard
15755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15758 \begin_layout Standard
15780 \begin_layout Standard
15781 You see here that the header line cells are aligned to the center, whereas
15782 the left column is aligned to the left, and the other columns are aligned
15784 Also the bottom and top line of two cells have been removed.
15785 \begin_inset Note Note
15788 \begin_layout Standard
15789 I can make nothing of this explanation.
15790 An improvement would be nice :) - jbl
15798 \begin_layout Standard
15799 If you want your column to have a fixed width, then you can insert a width
15809 This will then allow the cell to have multiple paragraphs of text.
15812 \begin_layout Standard
15813 If your table becomes too large to fit on a portrait document layout, you
15816 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15819 button, and the table will appear sideways (this means landscape in a portrait
15821 You might also like to rotate single table cells to give them more horizontal
15823 The example below demonstrates why it is useful to rotate single cells.
15826 \begin_layout Standard
15833 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
15840 display on screen, and works
15844 for PostScript output.
15845 So, if you want to preview them, use
15850 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15864 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
15869 will not show the table properly.
15872 \begin_layout Standard
15874 \begin_inset Tabular
15875 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="12">
15877 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15878 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15879 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15880 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15881 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15882 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15884 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15886 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15887 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15888 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15889 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15893 \begin_layout Standard
15908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15911 \begin_layout Standard
15926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15929 \begin_layout Standard
15944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Standard
16016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16019 \begin_layout Standard
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16055 \begin_layout Standard
16070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" rotate="true" usebox="none">
16073 \begin_layout Standard
16088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16091 \begin_layout Standard
16107 <row topline="true">
16108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Standard
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Standard
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Standard
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Standard
16244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16247 \begin_layout Standard
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Standard
16280 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16283 \begin_layout Standard
16299 <row topline="true">
16300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Standard
16319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16322 \begin_layout Standard
16328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16331 \begin_layout Standard
16346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16349 \begin_layout Standard
16364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16367 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16385 \begin_layout Standard
16400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16403 \begin_layout Standard
16418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Standard
16436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Standard
16454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16457 \begin_layout Standard
16472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16475 \begin_layout Standard
16490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16493 \begin_layout Standard
16509 <row topline="true">
16510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16513 \begin_layout Standard
16529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16532 \begin_layout Standard
16547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16550 \begin_layout Standard
16565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Standard
16583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16586 \begin_layout Standard
16592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16595 \begin_layout Standard
16610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16631 \begin_layout Standard
16646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Standard
16664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Standard
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Standard
16691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16694 \begin_layout Standard
16710 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Standard
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Standard
16748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16751 \begin_layout Standard
16757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16760 \begin_layout Standard
16775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16778 \begin_layout Standard
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Standard
16802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16805 \begin_layout Standard
16811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Standard
16847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Standard
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Standard
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Standard
16893 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Standard
16912 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16915 \begin_layout Standard
16925 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Standard
16934 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16937 \begin_layout Standard
16943 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16946 \begin_layout Standard
16952 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16955 \begin_layout Standard
16961 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16964 \begin_layout Standard
16970 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16979 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Standard
16988 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Standard
16997 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17000 \begin_layout Standard
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Standard
17032 \begin_layout Subsection
17033 What can be placed inside a table cell?
17036 \begin_layout Standard
17037 Many objects can be placed inside a table cell.
17038 Any single line of text, an equation (not a displayed or multilined equation,
17039 though), or a figure can be in a cell; in fact, all three kinds of objects
17040 can be placed in the same cell.
17041 Font sizes and shapes can be altered, and the table will adjust to display
17043 However, you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17047 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17048 for the cell's paragraph.
17051 \begin_layout Subsection
17052 Cut & Paste in Tables
17055 \begin_layout Standard
17056 Cutting and pasting between tables works reasonably well.
17057 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
17058 Selection with the mouse or with
17062 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
17063 The values in the second table below were cut and pasted from the first,
17064 using the mouse to select and paste.
17067 \begin_layout Standard
17069 \begin_inset Tabular
17070 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17072 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17073 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17074 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17075 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17079 \begin_layout Standard
17094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Standard
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Standard
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Standard
17168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17171 \begin_layout Standard
17187 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Standard
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Standard
17224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17227 \begin_layout Standard
17250 \begin_layout Standard
17252 \begin_inset Tabular
17253 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17255 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17256 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17257 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17258 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17262 \begin_layout Standard
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Standard
17295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17298 \begin_layout Standard
17315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17318 \begin_layout Standard
17333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17336 \begin_layout Standard
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Standard
17370 <row topline="true">
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Standard
17389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17392 \begin_layout Standard
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Standard
17408 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Standard
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Standard
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Standard
17444 \begin_layout Standard
17445 Note that you can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit
17446 by starting the selection from outside the table.
17449 \begin_layout Subsection
17450 Multiple lines in cells
17453 \begin_layout Standard
17454 It is possible to have multi-line entries in tables, but not in a completely
17456 Define a fixed length for the column in the
17461 After this, your text is automatically split into more lines and the cell
17462 enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given fixed
17467 \begin_layout Standard
17469 \begin_inset Tabular
17470 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17472 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17473 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17474 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17475 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Standard
17494 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Standard
17512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17515 \begin_layout Standard
17532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17535 \begin_layout Standard
17550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17553 \begin_layout Standard
17563 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Standard
17587 <row bottomline="true">
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Standard
17606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17609 \begin_layout Standard
17619 This is longer now.
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Standard
17643 <row bottomline="true">
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Standard
17662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17665 \begin_layout Standard
17675 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17676 This is longer now.
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Standard
17707 \begin_layout Standard
17708 Text within a cell will not normally wrap to fit the page, so if a line
17709 of text in a table is too long, the table will extend beyond the right
17710 margin of the page.
17711 Similarly, tables will not split themselves at the bottom of a page, and
17712 so might extend below the bottom margin.
17713 You have these options to resolve this problem:
17716 \begin_layout Enumerate
17717 Split it into two tables.
17720 \begin_layout Enumerate
17730 This automatically splits the table over more pages, if it is too tall.
17731 After doing this, the list of
17735 buttons activate themselves and you may now define:
17739 \begin_layout Enumerate
17745 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17746 defined are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17749 \begin_layout Enumerate
17754 : The current row and all rows above that don't have any special options
17755 defined are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17756 except for the first page, if
17764 \begin_layout Enumerate
17769 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17770 defined are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17771 except for the last page, if
17779 \begin_layout Enumerate
17785 : The current row and all rows below that don't have any special options
17786 defined are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17789 \begin_layout Standard
17790 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17791 of the fact that only the first flag is used in the given table rows.
17792 The others will then be defined as
17797 In this context, first means first in this order:
17799 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
17816 example file to see how this works.
17820 \begin_layout Standard
17821 The check box in the long table options can be used to specify specific
17822 rows to break the page on as well.
17826 \begin_layout Enumerate
17827 A table can also be placed in a float, as described below, which will allow
17828 TeX to place it as well as it can within the page.
17831 \begin_layout Subsection
17833 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17834 name "sec:table float"
17841 \begin_layout Standard
17842 Outside of a float, the table will be positioned exactly where it is placed
17861 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17871 menu will enable LaTeX to place the table where it fits best, rather than
17872 exactly where you insert it.
17873 Float placement for table floats is similar to that for figure floats
17874 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17875 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17879 , and is described in section
17880 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17881 reference "sec:float-locn"
17886 Captions also work the same way as with figure floats, as described in
17888 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17889 reference "sec:figurefloats"
17895 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
17896 reference "table:a table float"
17900 is an example of a table float.
17901 \begin_inset Float table
17907 \begin_layout Standard
17908 \begin_inset Caption
17910 \begin_layout Standard
17911 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
17912 name "table:a table float"
17924 \begin_layout Standard
17926 \begin_inset Tabular
17927 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
17929 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17930 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17931 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17932 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17936 \begin_layout Standard
17951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17954 \begin_layout Standard
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Standard
17988 <row topline="true">
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Standard
18007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18010 \begin_layout Standard
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Standard
18044 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Standard
18058 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18069 \begin_layout Standard
18079 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18081 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Standard
18102 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18123 \begin_layout Section
18124 Table of Contents and other Listings
18125 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18134 One of the really nice features of LaTeX is the ease with which it lets
18136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18143 such as a Table of Contents.
18144 All you need to do is to use certain environments and insert a reference
18145 at the place where you want the list to appear.
18148 \begin_layout Subsection
18149 The Table of Contents
18152 \begin_layout Standard
18153 In order to get a Table of Contents, you need to do four things:
18156 \begin_layout Enumerate
18157 Use a document class that includes support (all but
18164 \begin_layout Enumerate
18165 Set paragraph environments appropriately:
18175 (Sub...), Paragraph
18178 Note that styles with a
18190 appear in the Table of Contents.
18193 \begin_layout Enumerate
18194 Make sure you set the
18199 ection\InsetSpace ~
18200 number\InsetSpace ~
18219 Document\InsetSpace ~
18222 dialog to the appropriate value as described in
18223 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18224 reference "sub:section-depth"
18231 \begin_layout Enumerate
18232 Insert the ToC command at some place in the document.
18233 You'll find it under
18238 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18245 C\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18257 \begin_layout Standard
18258 You can also bring up a dialog for navigating through your document with
18264 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18276 \begin_layout Subsection
18277 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
18278 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18286 \begin_layout Standard
18287 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
18288 You can insert them from the
18293 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18303 If you want figures, tables, or algorithms to appear in the list, you must
18304 place them inside a float of the relevant type and add a caption.
18307 \begin_layout Chapter
18308 Mathematical Formulae
18311 \begin_layout Section
18315 \begin_layout Standard
18316 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon with
18317 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{a+b}{c}$
18321 That will open a little blue square, with purple markers around it, on
18323 That blue square is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate what
18324 level of nesting within the formula you are at.
18325 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
18332 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
18337 menu; or you can use a keyboard macro,
18351 (CUA binding only).
18354 \begin_layout Standard
18355 If you simply need to type a single Greek letter, such as
18356 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18359 , there is a special shortcut.
18367 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
18377 \begin_inset Formula $\beta$
18383 \begin_layout Standard
18384 Editing the parameters of a formula may be done from the
18389 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18394 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18403 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18406 , or by clicking the right mouse button on the formula.
18407 The math panel is very useful, so you may want to open it and leave it
18408 somewhere on the screen.
18409 If you're not already in a formula, selecting anything from the math panel
18410 will insert a formula for you.
18413 \begin_layout Subsection
18414 Navigating a Formula
18417 \begin_layout Standard
18418 The best control over cursor position within an existing formula is achieved
18419 with the arrow keys.
18420 Mathed uses small squares to indicate places where something can be inserted.
18421 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
18426 will leave a fraction or other formula construct (a square root
18427 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
18431 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
18435 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18437 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
18445 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
18450 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
18451 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
18454 \begin_layout Standard
18459 seems to do nothing in Mathed, since it does not in fact add a space between
18460 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
18461 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
18466 For example, if you want
18467 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
18514 , since in the latter case only the
18517 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
18522 will be under the square root sign,
18523 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
18527 For those who learned to space out expressions in this way, it takes a
18531 \begin_layout Standard
18532 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
18534 \begin_inset Formula \[
18535 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
18538 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right).\]
18542 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
18543 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
18546 \begin_layout Subsection
18550 \begin_layout Standard
18551 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
18552 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
18556 and a cursor movement key to select text.
18557 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
18558 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
18559 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula
18560 (not in a plain text region in LyX, though).
18563 \begin_layout Subsection
18564 Exponents and Subscripts
18567 \begin_layout Standard
18568 You can use the math panel to add superscripts or subscripts, but the much
18569 easier way is to use the standard TeX method.
18571 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
18587 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression, instead of
18588 in the superscript.
18594 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
18598 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
18617 Subscripts are similar, to get
18618 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
18633 Note that by default, the superscript or subscript is only for the single
18634 symbol to the left, which changes the spacing and alignment; you should
18636 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18637 reference "sec:Grouping"
18641 if you need to alter this.
18644 \begin_layout Subsection
18648 \begin_layout Standard
18649 Create a fraction with either
18655 (in Mathed) or using the fraction icon in the
18675 You will be presented with an empty fraction, with two Mathed insertion
18676 squares top and bottom.
18677 The cursor moves immediately to the top of the fraction.
18678 To move to the bottom, simply press
18683 To move back up, press
18688 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
18689 \begin_inset Formula \[
18690 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
18692 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
18699 \begin_layout Subsection
18703 \begin_layout Standard
18705 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
18709 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18712 ) signs are very often decorated with one or more sets of
18713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18721 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
18722 a superscript or subscript, directly after the symbol.
18723 Sum will automatically place its
18724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18731 over and under the symbol in display style, but will move them to the side
18732 when inlined, such as
18733 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
18737 \begin_inset Note Note
18740 \begin_layout Standard
18741 We haven't yet explained what display vs.
18748 \begin_inset Formula \[
18749 \sum_{n=1}^{\infty}\frac{x^{n}}{n}=\ln\left(\frac{1}{1-x}\right).\]
18753 Integral signs, however, will not by default move the limits to directly
18754 over and under the integral sign in display style, as in
18755 \begin_inset Formula $\int_{a}^{x}f(t)dt:=F(x)$
18759 \begin_inset Formula \[
18760 \int_{-\infty}^{\infty}\frac{dx}{1+x^{2}}=\pi.\]
18764 Both symbols will be automatically re-sized when placed in display mode.
18765 In display mode, the placement of the limits (directly above and below,
18766 or offset to the right from the sign) can be changed by placing the cursor
18767 in front of the sign and hitting
18772 Exactly what change occurs depends on the sign.
18776 \begin_layout Standard
18777 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
18778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18785 feature as addition, such as
18786 \begin_inset Formula \[
18787 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
18791 which will place the
18792 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
18796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18803 in display mode, but not in inlined mode,
18804 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
18809 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
18812 was entered as a function - you get it in LyX by typing
18818 in math-mode, or choosing from the
18819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18826 menu in the math panel; see
18827 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
18828 reference "sec:math-functions"
18835 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18836 Special integral symbols
18839 \begin_layout Standard
18840 Standard LaTeX does only provide a very limited set of integral symbols.
18841 Therefore several packages implement additional symbols, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18844 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18854 Unfortunately they do not always look consistent, e.g.\InsetSpace ~
18858 \begin_inset Formula $\iint$
18872 \begin_inset Formula $\varint$
18882 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
18890 Therefore you should enable the automatic loading of the
18899 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18906 if you need special integrals.
18907 This package defines a complete set of consistent looking integral symbols.
18908 You can find most of them in the math panel.
18909 This document does use the
18913 package instead of the
18917 package, because the latter is not yet included in all TeX distributions,
18918 so you can see the different looking integral symbols using
18923 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18933 \begin_layout Subsection
18935 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
18936 name "sec:math-panel"
18943 \begin_layout Standard
18953 dialog (accessible via
18958 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18965 ) has a more extensive list of symbols and structures.
18966 As stated earlier, you can keep the math panel open when writing mathematics.
18967 The use of the panel should be fairly obvious; we'll describe some of the
18968 details in later sections.
18971 \begin_layout Standard
18972 Note that right-clicking on a formula opens the panel as well.
18975 \begin_layout Subsection
18979 \begin_layout Standard
18980 Most math symbols can be found in the math panel under one of several categories
18986 \begin_inset Formula $\Gamma\rho\epsilon\epsilon\kappa$
18994 \begin_inset Formula $\pm\times$
19002 \begin_inset Formula $\leq\cong$
19010 \begin_inset Formula $\uparrow\Leftrightarrow$
19019 \begin_inset Formula $\sum\int$
19027 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
19029 If you know the standard LaTeX macro for a particular symbol you which
19030 to use, you do not have to use these dialogs, but they will help for those
19031 symbols whose LaTeX name you do not know.
19032 Note that the AMS symbols will not be displayed as symbols in LyX unless
19033 you install the right fonts as described in the relevant manual.
19036 \begin_layout Standard
19037 It is possible to get an nth root symbol.
19038 In the minibuffer, type
19043 This generates a root symbol with an extra box above the root sign.
19052 to move between the two boxes.
19053 You can also use the key binding
19060 \begin_layout Subsection
19064 \begin_layout Standard
19065 You may want to create blank spaces that differs from the standard spacing
19066 that LaTeX provides.
19067 We don't recommend this as a matter of course, since the whole idea of
19068 WYSIWYM is that you don't think about the typesetting, but the content.
19069 However, there are situations where you will want to add spaces.
19070 The first thing to do is to type
19075 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen within
19077 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
19081 The next trick is to change that space to different sizes.
19086 you move the cursor, after typing
19094 again, you will change the size of the space, through a number of variable
19096 The last ones in the list are red, and are a negative space.
19098 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
19102 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
19106 You can also insert these spaces via the math panel.
19109 \begin_layout Subsection
19111 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
19112 name "sec:math-functions"
19119 \begin_layout Standard
19120 The math panel contains a number of
19121 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19129 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19133 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19141 (you can type them in a formula by typing
19148 Standard mathematical practice is that functions which are names, like
19150 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
19153 , should not be italicized.
19154 Entering just the letters
19155 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
19158 within Mathed will give italics, of course, so these special macros are
19160 They do more to the final output than just change the typeface, however.
19161 For example, the expression
19162 \begin_inset Formula $\sin t$
19165 will typeset with a little extra space between the n and the t.
19166 For words which are more sophisticated mathematical objects, like
19167 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
19170 , the macro changes the way that subscripts are placed, depending on whether
19171 the math-inset is inlined or displayed:
19172 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L$
19176 \begin_inset Formula \[
19177 \lim_{x\rightarrow0}f(x)=L.\]
19181 These two expressions were typed the same way, but using the macro
19187 alters the appearance (actually, it is the inlined version that is altered,
19188 to improve linespacing).
19191 \begin_layout Subsection
19195 \begin_layout Standard
19196 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
19198 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
19199 You can also use TeX macro equivalents, as macros.
19200 That is, you can enter
19201 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19204 to get the same effect if your keyboard does not have accents enabled.
19205 This is entered by typing
19206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19220 These are the equivalences between the text names and the macro names for
19221 the various accents:
19224 \begin_layout Standard
19226 \begin_inset Tabular
19227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
19229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
19231 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
19232 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19236 \begin_layout Standard
19251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19254 \begin_layout Standard
19269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19272 \begin_layout Standard
19288 <row topline="true">
19289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19292 \begin_layout Standard
19307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19310 \begin_layout Standard
19325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19328 \begin_layout Standard
19338 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
19347 <row topline="true">
19348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19351 \begin_layout Standard
19366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19369 \begin_layout Standard
19384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19387 \begin_layout Standard
19397 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
19406 <row topline="true">
19407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Standard
19425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19428 \begin_layout Standard
19443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19446 \begin_layout Standard
19456 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
19465 <row topline="true">
19466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19487 \begin_layout Standard
19502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19505 \begin_layout Standard
19515 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
19524 <row topline="true">
19525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19528 \begin_layout Standard
19543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19546 \begin_layout Standard
19561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19564 \begin_layout Standard
19574 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
19583 <row topline="true">
19584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19587 \begin_layout Standard
19602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19605 \begin_layout Standard
19620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19623 \begin_layout Standard
19633 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
19642 <row topline="true">
19643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19646 \begin_layout Standard
19661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19664 \begin_layout Standard
19679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19682 \begin_layout Standard
19692 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
19701 <row topline="true">
19702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19705 \begin_layout Standard
19720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19723 \begin_layout Standard
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Standard
19751 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
19760 <row topline="true">
19761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19764 \begin_layout Standard
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Standard
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Standard
19810 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
19819 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19823 \begin_layout Standard
19838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Standard
19869 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
19885 \begin_layout Standard
19886 Finally, you can choose one of these accents by selecting an item from the
19891 symbol set in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have
19892 made within a formula too.
19895 \begin_layout Subsection
19896 The math editor for LaTeX users
19899 \begin_layout Standard
19900 Editing mathematical expressions in LyX can be done in one of two ways.
19901 You can use the native LyX support for rendering the formulae in a WYSIWYM
19903 LaTeX users might like to be able to use the keyboard to enter things like
19910 (this gets, in ordinary TeX, an
19911 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19914 in the final document), believing that it is faster than chasing around
19915 menus for a symbol.
19916 Here's a testimonial of one of those old LaTeX users,
19921 \begin_layout Quotation
19922 I was finally convinced that the math editor was the way to go when I found
19923 that, with a few modifications, I could use it the same way I was accustomed
19925 As an example, I created this
19926 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19929 by typing the following keys: First type
19953 As soon as I typed that
19958 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19961 was right there on the screen.
19965 \begin_layout Standard
19971 sequence inserts a formula (you may also use
19986 is of course the standard TeX command for a Greek alpha letter, and the
19991 leaves the formula.
19992 Some of the advantages of this approach are:
19995 \begin_layout Itemize
19996 You have immediate visual feedback to be sure your TeX was correct
19999 \begin_layout Itemize
20000 You have the real mathematical expression on the screen, correctly displayed,
20001 to make sure your mathematics is correct (correctly written, at least)
20004 \begin_layout Itemize
20005 All the new LaTeX fuss with special environments and such are taken care
20009 \begin_layout Itemize
20010 You won't have to chase through the code trying to find that missing
20021 \begin_layout Itemize
20022 If you don't remember the LaTeX name of a particular symbol, like
20023 \begin_inset Formula $\wp$
20026 , you can find it in the dialogs
20029 \begin_layout Section
20030 Brackets and decorations
20033 \begin_layout Standard
20034 There are several brackets available through LyX.
20035 For most purposes, using just the keys
20041 should suffice, but the effect, especially if you want to surround a large
20042 structure, such as a matrix or a fraction, or if you have several layers
20043 of brackets, is better using the math panel's
20049 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20050 reference "sec:math-panel"
20055 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
20057 \begin_inset Formula \[
20058 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
20060 3 & 4\end{array}\right],\]
20064 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses of an abomination
20066 \begin_inset Formula \[
20067 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
20072 \begin_inset Formula \[
20073 f\left(g\left(h\left(k\left(l\left(x\right)\right)\right)\right)\right).\]
20077 The parentheses, and other brackets, from that menu will automatically re-size
20078 to accommodate the size of what is inside (This is done in straight LaTeX
20091 \begin_layout Standard
20092 It is very easy to construct the braces you want to use.
20093 Click on the brace you want on the left side with the left mouse button,
20094 the right side with the right button, and place them in the document by
20095 clicking on the button.
20096 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
20097 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will print.
20100 \begin_layout Standard
20101 If you decide after the fact to place parentheses (or other math structure,
20102 like a square root, or other decoration) around some math structure, you
20103 can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go inside
20104 the parentheses (that is done by holding the
20108 key down and moving the cursor with the arrow keys, or selecting with the
20110 Then, choose the appropriate brackets for left and right, and click on
20116 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
20119 \begin_layout Standard
20120 If you're trying to enter a LaTeX
20124 for grouping, you should read
20125 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20126 reference "sec:Grouping"
20133 \begin_layout Section
20135 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20136 name "sec:Grouping"
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20144 You may need to group a set of symbols.
20145 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
20156 \begin_layout Standard
20157 \begin_inset Formula \[
20158 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{{y^{z}}}\]
20165 \begin_layout Standard
20166 However, trying to type the
20170 in LyX gives an actual closing brace in the output.
20171 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
20178 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
20179 The example directly above shows how this works.
20182 \begin_layout Section
20183 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
20186 \begin_layout Standard
20187 Arrays, such as matrices, are easily entered in LyX.
20193 there is a matrix button, which will open a dialog for you to choose the
20194 number of rows/columns.
20195 Here is an example:
20196 \begin_inset Formula \[
20197 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20200 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right).\]
20204 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as usual.
20205 Remember that you can add this after the fact, by highlighting the matrix
20206 inside Mathed (Position the mouse on one side of the matrix, hold the
20210 key down, and hit the appropriate arrow key to move the cursor across the
20212 You can, when you construct the matrix, decide whether the columns (or
20213 some of them) will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
20214 The specification is
20219 Each letter corresponds to the relevant column.
20224 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
20225 centered, and the third column will be right-justified..
20226 It will look like this:
20227 \begin_inset Formula \[
20229 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
20230 column & has & has\, right\\
20231 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
20238 \begin_layout Standard
20239 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
20243 while in the matrix, and you can add columns, or delete either, via the
20249 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20261 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20271 \begin_layout Standard
20272 There are numerous other arrays used in LaTeX math-mode, particularly with
20273 the AMS-LaTeX packages included, such as
20279 and commutative diagrams.
20280 Not all of these are supported in LyX but some are, see
20285 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 Multi-line equations are very easy to construct in LyX.
20296 A formula will automatically switch to an
20302 format (LaTeX's multi-line displayed equation format) if you hit
20310 The best way to do this, if you decide you want a multi-line displayed
20311 equation, is to insert a new line (with
20318 Each line then has three regions, left, center, and right, which you can
20319 move through using either the arrow keys, the mouse, or the
20326 Here is an example:
20327 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
20329 4+5 & = & 9.\end{eqnarray*}
20333 You can also turn an existing displayed formula into a multi-line formula
20340 while the cursor is anywhere on the original formula.
20345 try to decide where to break the formula up into three parts, but places
20346 everything in the left side of the line.
20347 To change the alignment points of the equation, place the cursor where
20348 you want to start the middle part of the line, and hit
20353 It then puts everything to the right of the cursor in the middle region
20354 of the equation (which, by the way, is not typeset by LaTeX in display-math
20355 size, so you should not put large expressions like fractions there).
20356 Move to where you want the right side of the line to begin, and hit
20362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20369 insertion points in the line will disappear.
20372 \begin_layout Section
20373 Equation Numbering and Labels
20374 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
20375 name "sec:math-label"
20382 \begin_layout Standard
20383 Equation numbering is very easy in LyX.
20384 All it takes to change a displayed equation like:
20385 \begin_inset Formula \[
20390 into the numbered equation :
20391 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20392 1+2=3\label{mathed:first-eqn}\end{equation}
20403 menu, and select the
20412 This opens a dialog in which you must enter some string as the label.
20413 There is no need to call it by a specific number, since LaTeX will take
20414 care of re-numbering the equation.
20415 Labels will not appear as such on the final output.
20416 LaTeX will insert appropriate numbers for the equations.
20417 The labels are used internally for cross-referencing.
20418 You can turn on numbering without a specific label with the menu option
20424 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20429 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20430 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20437 while the cursor is in the equation, such as:
20440 \begin_layout Standard
20441 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
20442 1+1=2.\end{equation}
20446 You can toggle it on or off with this menu item.
20447 You can reference a labelled (not just numbered) equation, (cf.
20449 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20450 reference "mathed:first-eqn"
20458 dialog, which you open using
20463 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20474 \begin_layout Standard
20475 For numbered (or labelled) multi-line formulas, the default is that all
20476 lines are numbered separately.
20477 Once you attach a label to make the equation numbered, all subsequent lines
20478 receive a label of #.
20479 That label can be changed to another so that you can refer to that line,
20481 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20482 reference "mathed:third-eqn"
20487 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20488 1 & = & 3-2\label{mathed:second-equation}\\
20489 2 & = & 4-2\label{mathed:third-eqn}\\
20490 4 & \leq & 7.\end{eqnarray}
20494 You can turn off numbering of a specific line with
20499 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20504 ath\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20505 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
20510 umbering\InsetSpace ~
20514 while the cursor is on that line of a multi-line numbered equation.
20517 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
20518 1 & = & 4-3\label{mathed:fourth-eqn}\\
20520 1 & = & e^{2\pi i}\nonumber \\
20521 16 & \equiv & 2\,(mod\,7)\label{mathed:fifth-eqn}\end{eqnarray}
20525 Note that the first equation in this set (
20526 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20527 reference "mathed:fourth-eqn"
20531 ) is labelled, the next is numbered but unlabelled, the third is unnumbered,
20533 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
20534 reference "mathed:fifth-eqn"
20538 ) is again labelled.
20542 \begin_layout Section
20543 User defined macros in math mode
20546 \begin_layout Standard
20547 LyX allows the user to define macros for use in math mode.
20548 A macro definition box appears on screen as purple box with the name of
20549 the macro in blue (math color).
20550 It contains two cells initially marked empty by blue rectangles that can
20551 be edited as if it were ordinary math.
20553 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20554 \newcommand{\macro}{a+b}
20557 The contents of the first cell will be used when the macro definition is
20558 written during export as LaTeX.
20559 The contents of the second cell, however, will be used for drawing the
20560 macro's expansion on screen.
20561 In the common case where both export and drawing use the same representation,
20562 the second cell can be left empty and LyX will use the contents of the
20563 first cell will be used for export and drawing automatically.
20566 \begin_layout Standard
20567 Now, to use this macro in other math boxes just type the name in TeX mode,
20574 , and it will be automatically expanded:
20575 \begin_inset Formula $c=\macro$
20579 As you can verify, the cursor can't go inside the macro, the whole macro
20580 is like a single character, and the TeX generated code of this expression
20588 \begin_layout Standard
20589 However the cursor could go inside of some kind of macros, those that have
20595 In a macro definition box an argument looks like a
20599 followed by the argument number:
20600 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
20601 \newcommand{\macrowarg}[1]{2+\sqrt{#1}}
20607 \begin_layout Standard
20608 Once expanded, this macro includes the usual empty rectangle to indicate
20609 that you can insert there whatever you want:
20614 \begin_inset Formula $\macrowarg{}$
20621 \begin_inset Formula $b=\macrowarg{x-2}$
20628 \begin_layout Standard
20629 When exported to LaTeX, a macro definition will produce the command
20642 \begin_layout Subsection
20643 How to create macros
20646 \begin_layout Standard
20647 To create a macro definition box use this syntax in the minibuffer:
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 Macro names mustn't contain numbers!
20660 \begin_layout Standard
20663 math-macro <macro name> [number of arguments]
20666 \begin_layout Standard
20674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20697 math-macro macrowarg 1
20700 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20706 \begin_layout Standard
20707 To insert an argument mark (only inside a macro definition box) simply type
20715 math-macro-arg <number>
20718 \begin_layout Standard
20719 The argument mark in
20725 was introduced with
20726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20740 \begin_layout Standard
20741 You can use no more than 9 arguments, numbered from 1 to 9.
20742 An argument can be repeated inside the macro definition box, but of course
20743 can be edited only once.
20746 \begin_layout Subsection
20747 How to navigate in macros
20750 \begin_layout Description
20754 keys: Opening a macro from the left side will put the cursor
20755 in the first argument, to move to the second argument use the TAB key.
20756 Remember that pressing the Space bar will get the cursor out and at the
20757 right side of the macro.
20760 \begin_layout Description
20763 mouse: As usual, click on the desired argument box.
20764 Sometimes this fails if the box is empty or too small.
20767 \begin_layout Standard
20768 Currently it is only possible to define command macros, but not environment
20772 \begin_layout Section
20776 \begin_layout Subsection
20780 \begin_layout Standard
20781 You can use various typefaces in a formula.
20782 The standard font for text is italic,
20783 \begin_inset Formula $text$
20786 , but for numbers the standard is Roman.
20787 To set a font in a formula, choose it from the math panel, or by entering
20788 the LaTeX command for it directly, as follows:
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20793 \begin_inset Tabular
20794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
20796 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20798 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20802 \begin_layout Standard
20808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20811 \begin_layout Standard
20818 <row topline="true">
20819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
20837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20851 <row topline="true">
20852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20856 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
20864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20867 \begin_layout Standard
20878 <row topline="true">
20879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20882 \begin_layout Standard
20883 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
20891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20894 \begin_layout Standard
20905 <row topline="true">
20906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20909 \begin_layout Standard
20916 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
20924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20938 <row topline="true">
20939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20942 \begin_layout Standard
20943 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}$
20951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20965 <row topline="true">
20966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20969 \begin_layout Standard
20970 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
20978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20981 \begin_layout Standard
20992 <row topline="true">
20993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20996 \begin_layout Standard
21004 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
21012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21026 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21030 \begin_layout Standard
21031 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
21039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21042 \begin_layout Standard
21060 \begin_layout Standard
21061 LaTeX's math mode does not support all characters in all fonts, and only
21062 letters will be supported with these font styles; some only support capital
21066 \begin_layout Standard
21067 For any of these fonts, you have to be careful how you enter the text.
21068 If there is text to the right of the entry point, the font reverts to that
21069 style after one character.
21070 To be able to type a string in a particular font, make sure there is a
21071 protected-space to the right of the cursor.
21072 Also, entering a protected-space will revert subsequent text to standard
21074 The font styles are nestable, as LaTeX does.
21075 This can be a little confusing, as selecting a different font on a selection
21080 change the selection, but insert a new nested level with the new typeface.
21083 \begin_layout Standard
21084 It is possible (in AMS-LaTeX) to embolden (not italicize) numbers and special
21086 However, LyX does not yet support this in WYSIWYM manner\SpecialChar \@.
21089 To get emboldened symbols, for example a bold
21090 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21102 The closing brace appears (in red) automatically when you type the opening
21104 This works for all symbols, as well as numbers.
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 A number of other options are available as well, via
21113 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21118 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21125 \begin_layout Subsection
21129 \begin_layout Standard
21130 Typefaces are useful for entering variable names in some given font, but
21131 certainly not for anything else, and in particular not text.
21132 For typing longer pieces of text, use math text mode, which is obtained
21137 while already in math mode.
21138 (The same command will get out of math text mode, too.) Math text mode appears
21139 on the screen in black instead of blue.
21140 You cannot enter punctuation or font changes in your text
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145 Moreover, math text mode outputs its contents inside a
21163 ) might have been a better choice
21168 , but it works for simple text.
21170 \begin_inset Formula \[
21171 f(x)=\begin{array}{cc}
21172 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
21173 -x & \textrm{otherwise}\end{array}\]
21180 \begin_layout Subsection
21184 \begin_layout Standard
21185 There are four (relative) font sizes (or
21186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21193 ) used in math-mode, which are automatically chosen in most situations.
21211 For most characters,
21219 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
21220 and certain other effects, are set larger or placed differently in
21225 Except for some operators, which re-size themselves to accommodate various
21226 situations, all text will be set in these various sizes as LaTeX thinks
21228 These choices can be over-ridden by using the
21232 function in the minibuffer.
21233 For example, you can set
21234 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21241 ), or you can make it larger, which also changes the line-spacing, by entering
21244 math-size displaystyle
21246 in the minibuffer while the cursor is in the main line of the math-inset,
21248 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
21252 Careful, though, if the cursor is on the denominator of that fraction,
21253 only the numerator will be enlarged, e.g.
21255 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
21258 ! This reflects a LaTeX
21259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21270 \begin_layout Standard
21277 These font-size changes are not as apparent in LyX as they are in the output.
21278 Here are some text in the various styles:
21279 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
21283 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
21287 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
21291 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
21297 \begin_layout Standard
21298 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that is, if the whole math
21299 inset and surrounding text are set in a particular size, all these sizes
21301 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
21302 will be adjusted to correspond.
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21310 Here is a paragraph in
21311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21318 font, with symbols:
21319 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21325 \begin_layout Standard
21326 This applies to math fonts in titles, etc.
21330 \begin_layout Section
21334 \begin_layout Standard
21335 The American Mathematical Society (AMS) provide a LaTeX packages that are
21337 LyX includes some support for these packages.
21340 \begin_layout Subsection
21341 Enabling AMS-Support
21344 \begin_layout Standard
21350 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21357 dialog there is a checkbox,
21364 If selected, this will include the AMS-package in the document, and make
21365 the facilities available.
21368 \begin_layout Subsection
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21373 The AMS-LaTeX packages add support for some mathematical symbols that are
21374 not accessible from plain LaTeX (or LyX), but are fairly common in mathematical
21375 typesetting, such as the old-German Fraktur font and the stylized
21376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21383 fonts commonly used to denote the real or complex numbers, or the integers.
21384 Once activated, all AMS-LaTeX symbols and environments are available.
21385 You will run into trouble if you include these packages from the preamble,
21386 since LyX now defines a few of the macros used in these packages on its
21388 The AMS-layouts include these packages automatically.
21391 \begin_layout Subsection
21395 \begin_layout Standard
21396 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
21397 LyX allows you to choose between
21418 Refer to the AMS-documenta\SpecialChar \-
21419 tion for the differences between these formula
21423 \begin_layout Chapter
21427 \begin_layout Section
21429 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
21430 name "sec:crossref"
21437 \begin_layout Standard
21438 Those of you reading this manual online will see a grey box with text in
21439 it, right before the beginning of this sentence.
21445 Properly speaking, it is one half of a cross-reference.
21446 The other half is the
21450 proper, and it looks like this:
21451 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21452 reference "sec:crossref"
21457 Again, those of you reading the manual online will see a gray box with
21459 Those reading printed versions, however, will see a number --- in this
21460 case, the number of this section.
21461 There are also other varieties of cross-reference: for example,
21462 \begin_inset LatexCommand pageref
21463 reference "sec:crossref"
21468 This is the page number containing the location of the label.
21469 That's what cross-references do: they let you reference other parts of
21471 You don't need to remember which section number was what anymore --- LyX
21472 will do that for you! All you need to do is use a
21476 to mark a section, figure, table, formula, etc., and then refer to it via
21484 \begin_layout Standard
21485 To insert a label, use
21492 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21498 A box will appear where you can enter your label.
21499 You can change the name of the label at a later time by simply clicking
21500 on the gray box and reopening the label dialog.
21503 \begin_layout Standard
21504 To insert a reference, select
21511 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
21520 Insert\InsetSpace ~
21523 dialog appears with a list of labels.
21524 Selecting a list item, then clicking
21528 inserts a reference into the text; changing the
21535 allows you to insert a page number or other reference variant instead.
21538 \begin_layout Standard
21539 Note that if you cut & paste text from another document that contains a
21548 , or if you delete a label in your text, LaTeX will complain:
21551 \begin_layout Quote
21558 Reference `X' on page Y undefined on input line Z
21564 There were undefined references
21567 \begin_layout Standard
21568 You'll also see two question marks in the output instead of the reference.
21571 \begin_layout Standard
21572 There are a few more comments we need to make about the
21577 They always print the number of the section heading closest to them.
21578 So --- if you want to put a label on a
21586 heading immediately follows it, you need to put the
21599 It doesn't matter where, and it will look weird on the LyX screen.
21600 However, you need to do this if you want to label the
21604 separately from the
21609 The same goes for all other section headings.
21612 \begin_layout Standard
21625 section headings and table and figure floats.
21626 Bare figures and tables aren't numbered, so, like unnumbered section headings,
21627 you can't really use a
21635 \begin_layout Standard
21640 , but only if you use the
21650 --- the one that refers to a section/table/figure number --- won't work,
21651 because there's no numbered thingy to refer to! You could also use bare
21656 s as page markers, then refer back to them using the
21662 Once again, the regular
21666 won't work very well.
21667 It will refer to something, but that something will typically be the number
21668 of the previous numbered section heading.
21674 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21675 reference "sec:figurefloats"
21680 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21681 reference "sec:table float"
21686 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
21687 reference "sec:math-label"
21691 for details on using a
21695 with figures, tables, and equations, respectively.
21699 \begin_layout Section
21700 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
21703 \begin_layout Standard
21704 It is often desirable to include long
21705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21712 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.; these
21713 things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult to typeset
21715 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
21716 resulting in an overfull or underfull line depending on the circumstances.
21719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21726 within LyX to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully (if necessary)
21727 along automatically determined boundaries.
21730 \begin_layout Standard
21731 At the point in the document where you want to enter the URL (or other address-l
21732 ike entity) simply select
21734 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21741 ; a dialog will appear where you can enter the full URL (in the
21749 In its simplest usage, that's all you need to do.
21750 Click on the following gray box to see how LyX's homepage would be entered:
21752 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21753 target "http://www.lyx.org"
21761 \begin_layout Standard
21766 : When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
21767 them with a backslash before, e.g.
21769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21779 URLs mustn't end with a backslash!
21787 \begin_layout Standard
21788 If you would like to associate some definite phrase with the URL, enter
21796 field of the dialog; it will be typeset as plain text immediately before
21798 For example, I might say that you can find all things related to LaTeX
21802 \begin_inset LatexCommand url
21804 target "http://ctan.tug.org"
21809 On the printed page, the last sentence ends as
21810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21813 all things related to LaTeX at CTAN
21815 http://ctan.tug.org
21818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21824 \begin_layout Standard
21827 Author's Note: somebody needs to document the
21843 \begin_layout Section
21844 Specifying Short Titles with Optional Arguments
21845 \begin_inset OptArg
21848 \begin_layout Standard
21857 \begin_layout Standard
21858 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
21859 This can cause over-runs when there is limited horizontal space.
21860 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
21861 title, a long title will over-run past the edges, and look awful.
21864 \begin_layout Standard
21865 LaTeX allows you to specify an optional argument to the section commands
21866 that specifies a shorter version of the title
21870 \begin_layout Standard
21871 For those who don't know LaTeX, commands look like this:
21875 command[optionalargument]{the content}
21881 This shorter version is used in the header and in the actual Table of Contents,
21882 avoiding the problem mentioned.
21883 LyX allows you to specify this optional argument by selecting
21888 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21893 This will insert a box (labelled
21894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21909 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
21910 This also works for captions inside floats.
21913 \begin_layout Standard
21914 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
21917 \begin_layout Section
21921 \begin_layout Standard
21922 Sometimes you wish to be able to output to paper multiple versions of the
21924 The most extreme version of this is, when you want to prepare a single
21925 document in two or more different languages, but as a single document file,
21926 with corresponding pieces of text adjacent in the file and on-screen.
21927 This can be achieved with
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21939 the branches available within a particular document.
21940 This is done in the
21942 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21943 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21947 You can also associate a background colour with each branch, e.g., red for
21948 the English language, blue for the German language branch.
21949 Then, you create a branch inset from the
21951 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21955 The inset will contain the text that you want to be output when this branch
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21968 of a branch is done from the document settings menu.
21969 All insets belonging to deactivated branches will be automatically closed,
21970 those belonging to activated branches automatically opened.
21973 \begin_layout Standard
21974 Other possible applications of the Branches paradigm include a
21975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21982 of a textbook containing the answers to questions, etc.
21983 \begin_inset Note Note
21986 \begin_layout Standard
21987 Once this doc is updated to 1.4, include branch examples here!
21995 \begin_layout Section
21996 Previewing snippets of your document
21999 \begin_layout Standard
22000 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
22001 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
22002 to break your train of thought with
22007 iew\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22015 If you'd like to see your math formulae typeset by LaTeX then install the
22016 necessary software (see below) and select the
22028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22035 pulldown item in the
22040 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22048 (It can be found in the
22052 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22055 pane in the Qt frontend and the
22059 Feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22062 tab in the XForms frontend.) Previews are generated when you load a document
22063 into LyX and when you finish editing an inset.
22064 Previews of an already loaded document are
22068 generated just by selecting the
22082 \begin_layout Standard
22083 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
22084 It will also generate previews of include insets or
22085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22100 check box in the inset's dialog.
22101 This latter is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure,
22103 Coming in version 1.4 are previews of the external inset also.
22106 \begin_layout Standard
22107 To get previews working, you'll need some additional software.
22108 First, you'll need the preview.sty LaTeX package.
22109 Find it on your local CTAN mirror at
22113 CTAN/support/preview-latex/
22116 Thereafter, you'll need the usual tools:
22128 .Finally, you'll obtain prettier results if you install
22139 \begin_layout Section
22140 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
22143 \begin_layout Subsection
22144 Extra Horizontal Space
22145 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22153 \begin_layout Standard
22158 s are a special LyX feature for adding extra space in a uniform fashion.
22163 is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals the remaining
22164 space between the left and right margins.
22165 If there is more than one
22169 on a line, they divide the available space equally between themselves.
22173 \begin_layout Standard
22178 is at the beginning of a line, and it's
22182 the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
22187 s from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
22190 \begin_layout Standard
22197 can be inserted with
22202 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22203 Special\InsetSpace ~
22208 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22213 orizontal\InsetSpace ~
22217 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
22220 \begin_layout Quote
22222 This is on the left side
22224 This is on the right
22227 \begin_layout Quote
22236 \begin_layout Quote
22247 \begin_layout Standard
22248 That was an example in the
22255 :is one in a standard paragraph.
22256 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
22260 sitting in-between the two
22261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22271 \begin_layout Standard
22272 Remember that we said that an
22276 always fills the remaining space between the margins? There may be more
22277 than one set of margins on a line.
22278 Here's an example with the
22285 \begin_layout Labeling
22286 \labelwidthstring MMMMMMM
22298 \begin_layout Standard
22300 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22304 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22307 marks the beginning of the item.
22308 (There is actually a
22309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22320 inside of the label of the
22324 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.)
22328 s work similarly in other
22329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22336 situations, like two-column mode.
22339 \begin_layout Subsection
22340 Extra Vertical Space
22341 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22342 name "sec:vertspace"
22349 \begin_layout Standard
22350 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use
22355 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22360 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22365 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
22371 \begin_layout Standard
22372 We will not provide an example of a
22376 , as it would waste paper.
22377 They work the same as any other type of filler, including
22381 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
22382 If there are several
22386 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
22387 You can therefore use
22391 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page, or 1/4,
22395 \begin_layout Standard
22396 Note that for paragraphs at the top/bottom of a page, the extra space is
22397 only added if you have also checked the option
22402 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22407 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22408 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22413 pacing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22424 \begin_layout Subsection
22425 Changing Paragraph Alignment
22428 \begin_layout Standard
22429 You can also change the paragraph alignment with the
22434 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22439 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22443 There are four possibilities:
22446 \begin_layout Itemize
22455 \begin_layout Itemize
22464 \begin_layout Itemize
22473 \begin_layout Itemize
22482 \begin_layout Standard
22483 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
22484 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
22485 the left and right margins.
22486 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
22489 \begin_layout Standard
22491 This paragraph is right aligned,
22494 \begin_layout Standard
22496 this one is centered,
22499 \begin_layout Standard
22501 this one is left aligned.
22504 \begin_layout Standard
22505 In some paragraph environments, the default is something other than justified
22510 \begin_layout Subsection
22511 Forcing Page Breaks
22512 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22513 name "sec:pagebreak"
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
22522 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
22523 In general, this will
22527 be necessary because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking, as was already mentioned
22529 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22530 reference "sec:widows"
22537 \begin_layout Standard
22538 So in general there is no need to use the option described below, and we
22539 recommend not using it until the text is finished, and until you have checked
22540 in the preview to see if you
22544 have to change the pagebreaking.You can force a pagebreak above or below
22550 dit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22555 aragraph\InsetSpace ~
22558 dialog by selecting the checkboxes to add a pagebreak above or below the
22562 \begin_layout Standard
22563 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
22564 at the top of a page.
22565 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
22566 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
22567 appear at the top of a page [or the bottom, or on their own page] without
22568 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
22570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22571 reference "sec:figures"
22576 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22577 reference "sec:tables"
22588 \begin_layout Subsection
22592 \begin_layout Standard
22593 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
22594 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
22595 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
22596 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
22598 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
22602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22604 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22605 name "sec:normblank-lbreak-horline"
22612 \begin_layout Standard
22613 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22614 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
22615 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
22616 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
22617 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
22619 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
22620 reference "sec:abbrev"
22625 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
22626 In this case, insert one with
22631 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22632 Special\InsetSpace ~
22637 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22650 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22654 \begin_layout Standard
22655 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22656 name "sec:protblank-lbreak-horline"
22660 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
22661 line at that point.
22662 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
22665 \begin_layout Quote
22666 A good documentation should weight no more than 1
22672 \begin_layout Standard
22673 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
22674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22690 A protected space is set with
22695 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22696 Special\InsetSpace ~
22701 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22714 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22716 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
22717 name "sec:thinblank-lbreak-horline"
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22733 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
22734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22742 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
22743 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
22744 inside abbreviations:
22747 \begin_layout Quote
22748 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22750 Knuth has developped our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
22751 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
22755 \begin_layout Standard
22756 You can insert a thin space with
22761 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22762 Special\InsetSpace ~
22767 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
22784 \begin_layout Standard
22785 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
22786 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via the
22791 To get them, just type
22793 space-insert <command>
22795 into the minibuffer, where
22799 is one of the following:
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22804 \begin_inset Tabular
22805 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
22807 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22808 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
22809 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
22810 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22814 \begin_layout Standard
22822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22825 \begin_layout Standard
22833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22845 <row topline="true">
22846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22870 \begin_layout Standard
22877 <row topline="true">
22878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22881 \begin_layout Standard
22889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22902 \begin_layout Standard
22909 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22913 \begin_layout Standard
22921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22924 \begin_layout Standard
22931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22934 \begin_layout Standard
22941 <row bottomline="true">
22942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22945 \begin_layout Standard
22953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22956 \begin_layout Standard
22963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22973 <row bottomline="true">
22974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22977 \begin_layout Standard
22985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22988 \begin_layout Standard
22995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22998 \begin_layout Standard
23005 <row bottomline="true">
23006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23009 \begin_layout Standard
23017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23020 \begin_layout Standard
23027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23030 \begin_layout Standard
23037 <row bottomline="true">
23038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23052 \begin_layout Standard
23059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23062 \begin_layout Standard
23069 <row bottomline="true">
23070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23084 \begin_layout Standard
23091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23094 \begin_layout Standard
23108 \begin_layout Subsection
23112 \begin_layout Standard
23113 You can force line breaks within a paragraph by selecting
23118 nsert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23119 Special\InsetSpace ~
23124 rmatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23136 You should, however, not use this to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as LaTeX
23141 good at linebreaking\SpecialChar \ldots{}
23143 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23144 reference "sec:pagebreak"
23149 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
23150 set a linebreak, e.g.
23151 in a poem or for an Address (see sections
23152 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23153 reference "sec:quote"
23158 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23159 reference "sec:verse"
23164 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23165 reference "sec:adress_usage"
23172 \begin_layout Section
23174 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23175 name "sec:spellchecking"
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23183 LyX itself has no built-in spellchecker.
23184 Rather it uses the external
23188 program as a backend or the newer and generally better
23193 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 The spellchecker can be started with the menu entry
23206 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
23215 Checking will start just after the current cursor position.
23216 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
23217 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
23218 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the view
23219 in your text buffer is updated to make the word visible.
23224 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
23226 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy the near miss into the replace
23227 input field (double-click to invoke replace).
23230 \begin_layout Subsection
23231 Spellchecker Options
23232 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23233 name "sec:spell_opt"
23240 \begin_layout Standard
23241 The following options can be set in the
23246 ools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23256 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23260 \begin_layout Standard
23261 By default, the dictionary file to use is determined by the language of
23262 the text you're checking, which is set in the
23267 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23275 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, the spellchecker
23277 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
23278 specifying a different
23279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23282 alternative language
23283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23289 \begin_layout Standard
23294 , you may need to make a link from say
23302 or whatever applies for your language.
23303 This is because these
23307 files normally have the native language name (
23308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23319 , when started from LyX, searches for the English version of the name used
23320 with the LaTeX babel package (
23321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 You may also have problems the font encoding is not correct for that dictionary.
23333 If you use a language with
23337 encoding and set the
23349 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23364 ), you must have this option in your language dictionary as well.
23365 If your dictionary doesn't support the
23369 you chose, you'll have an error like this on stderr:
23372 \begin_layout Standard
23375 ispell: unrecognized formatter type 'latin1'
23378 \begin_layout Standard
23379 The spellchecker gives you an error that it couldn't start the
23383 process and that you probably have some problems with your dictionary file.
23387 \begin_layout Standard
23388 There are four solutions to this problem.
23389 The easiest is to try the
23396 If that does not help, you can set
23407 when calling the spellchecker (which is probably annoying).
23408 The third is to add the
23412 option to your dictionary
23423 file and recompile the dictionary (which probably isn't easy if you installed
23424 the whole stuff with some distribution and don't have the language directory
23434 documentation for this task! The fourth is to send a message to your package-ma
23435 intainer, or better yet to the maintainer of the dictionary file in question
23436 and ask him to solve your problem.
23439 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23440 Personal dictionary
23443 \begin_layout Standard
23444 If you want to use a different file from the spellchecker's default choice
23445 as your personal dictionary, you can set this in the dialog.
23446 Specifying a filename which does not already exist will result in an error
23447 message on stderr which you can ignore (
23451 will create the file when you finish checking your spelling).
23454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23464 pellchecker\InsetSpace ~
23467 dialog has some additional options which are self-explanatory:
23470 \begin_layout Itemize
23476 ccept compound words
23480 Prevent the spellchecker from complaining about compounded words like
23483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23493 \begin_layout Itemize
23503 Allows you to add nonstandard characters to what the spellchecker considers
23506 This should not normally be needed.
23509 \begin_layout Subsection
23513 \begin_layout Standard
23514 Some users have expressed a wish to be able to globally change the spelling
23515 of a particular word, rather than having to change the spelling separately
23516 for each occurrence of the word.
23517 Per-document word lists would also be useful.
23518 Neither of these features are present as of this writing.
23521 \begin_layout Standard
23522 Unless you're using the
23526 spellchecker, LyX cannot correctly spellcheck documents containing multiple
23528 This, does, however, work with
23532 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
23535 \begin_layout Section
23536 International Support
23539 \begin_layout Standard
23540 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
23541 LyX comes with a default configuration which supports the English language
23542 on a U.S.-style keyboard, with a standard U.S.
23543 paper size and the spellchecker set to U.S.
23545 You can change any or all of these settings as desired, and you can make
23546 the changes apply to the current session only, or use them as your new
23547 default configuration.
23550 \begin_layout Standard
23551 If you have a keyboard suited to the language you are using (for example,
23552 a German keyboard for writing in German), and you have correctly configured
23553 your X environment, all you need to do for LyX is tell it your language,
23554 the character encoding, and desired paper size.
23556 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23557 reference "sec:langlay"
23561 for more information.
23564 \begin_layout Standard
23565 If, however, you have a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
23566 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
23567 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
23568 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
23570 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23571 reference "sec:optkey"
23579 \begin_layout Standard
23580 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
23581 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
23582 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
23583 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
23584 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
23585 one to support the characters you want.
23589 \begin_layout Standard
23590 The details of how to customize LyX to your own language are
23594 beyond the scope of this manual.
23595 You cannot only alter the keyboard layout, you can also change the names
23596 of the menus buttons, etc., to reflect your language.
23597 If you want to learn more about writing keymap files and tailoring LyX
23598 to your native tongue, please see the
23602 manual for details.
23605 \begin_layout Subsection
23607 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23615 \begin_layout Standard
23621 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23628 dialog lets you set
23630 the language and character encoding for your language.
23634 \begin_layout Standard
23635 Choose your language by clicking on the arrow in t
23652 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23660 The default is U.S.
23662 Scroll to find the language you want and then click on your choice.
23663 The language name appears in the window.
23667 \begin_layout Standard
23668 In LaTeX terms, selecting a language other than default adds Babel support.
23669 If you do not have Babel installed, refer to the different LaTeX distributions
23678 \begin_layout Standard
23687 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use.
23692 encoding, which includes the characters required by the various Western
23693 European languages.
23696 \begin_layout Subsection
23697 Keyboard mapping configuration
23698 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23706 \begin_layout Standard
23707 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings.
23708 This allows you to choose the keymap of your choice for your U.S.-style keyboard.
23709 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
23710 which one you want to use.
23713 \begin_layout Subsection
23715 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23723 \begin_layout Standard
23726 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23727 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
23736 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
23740 \begin_layout Standard
23741 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
23742 This manual is set up --- by hand, mind you --- to print all of these character
23744 That ain't the default.
23745 Nowhere near, in fact.
23746 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
23754 \begin_layout Itemize
23755 The characters at entries A2, A4, A5, A6 and AD -- the cent, the yen, the
23756 generic-currency-symbol, the broken vertical bar and the short dash are
23757 just plain missing in the default encodings.
23758 We don't know where they are or why this is the case.
23761 \begin_layout Itemize
23762 Even if you've selected
23771 ocument\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23778 dialog, users who have only the
23782 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
23786 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
23787 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
23788 french quotes won't show up.
23791 \begin_layout Itemize
23796 -fonts can, however, get the french quotes [characters AB and BB] if they
23797 include the either the package
23805 in their documents.
23809 \begin_layout Standard
23810 This only holds when you want to input these quotes by yourself.
23811 The automatic quote feature described in Section
23812 \begin_inset LatexCommand ref
23813 reference "sec:quotes"
23817 , will generate automatically LaTeX code adapted to available fonts and
23824 \begin_inset Note Note
23827 \begin_layout Standard
23828 The characters of the following table, which are inserted as commands, could
23829 not be inserted directly with the keyboard, because the standard encoding
23831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23839 To let LaTeX understand the commands, the package
23843 needs to be loaded in the peamble with the line
23846 \begin_layout Standard
23851 usepackage{textcomp}
23854 \begin_layout Standard
23859 is available on every LaTeX system.
23867 \begin_layout Standard
23868 \begin_inset Float table
23873 \begin_layout Standard
23874 \begin_inset Caption
23876 \begin_layout Standard
23877 \begin_inset LatexCommand label
23878 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
23894 \begin_layout Standard
23896 \begin_inset Tabular
23897 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
23899 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23900 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23901 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23902 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23903 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23904 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23905 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23906 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23910 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23911 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23912 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23913 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23914 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
23915 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
23916 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
23917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23920 \begin_layout Standard
23926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23929 \begin_layout Standard
23944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23947 \begin_layout Standard
23962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23983 \begin_layout Standard
23998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24001 \begin_layout Standard
24016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24019 \begin_layout Standard
24034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24037 \begin_layout Standard
24052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24055 \begin_layout Standard
24070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24091 \begin_layout Standard
24106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24109 \begin_layout Standard
24124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24145 \begin_layout Standard
24160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24163 \begin_layout Standard
24178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24181 \begin_layout Standard
24196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24199 \begin_layout Standard
24215 <row topline="true">
24216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24219 \begin_layout Standard
24234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24255 \begin_layout Standard
24261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24264 \begin_layout Standard
24278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24281 \begin_layout Standard
24295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24315 \begin_layout Standard
24329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24332 \begin_layout Standard
24346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24349 \begin_layout Standard
24355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24358 \begin_layout Standard
24364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24367 \begin_layout Standard
24373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24376 \begin_layout Standard
24390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24393 \begin_layout Standard
24407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24410 \begin_layout Standard
24424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24427 \begin_layout Standard
24441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24459 <row topline="true">
24460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24481 \begin_layout Standard
24487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24490 \begin_layout Standard
24496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24499 \begin_layout Standard
24513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24516 \begin_layout Standard
24530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24533 \begin_layout Standard
24547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24550 \begin_layout Standard
24564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24567 \begin_layout Standard
24581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24610 \begin_layout Standard
24616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24636 \begin_layout Standard
24650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24653 \begin_layout Standard
24667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24719 <row topline="true">
24720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24723 \begin_layout Standard
24738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24750 \begin_layout Standard
24756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24759 \begin_layout Standard
24768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24779 \begin_layout Standard
24793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24830 \begin_layout Standard
24844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24847 \begin_layout Standard
24861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24864 \begin_layout Standard
24870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24882 \begin_layout Standard
24886 \begin_layout Standard
24896 \begin_inset Note Note
24899 \begin_layout Standard
24910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24913 \begin_layout Standard
24927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24930 \begin_layout Standard
24944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24947 \begin_layout Standard
24961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
24964 \begin_layout Standard
24978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24996 <row topline="true">
24997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25000 \begin_layout Standard
25015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25018 \begin_layout Standard
25024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25027 \begin_layout Standard
25033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25036 \begin_layout Standard
25050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25053 \begin_layout Standard
25067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25087 \begin_layout Standard
25101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25104 \begin_layout Standard
25118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25121 \begin_layout Standard
25135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25138 \begin_layout Standard
25144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25147 \begin_layout Standard
25153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25156 \begin_layout Standard
25170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25173 \begin_layout Standard
25187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25190 \begin_layout Standard
25204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25207 \begin_layout Standard
25221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25241 \begin_layout Standard
25256 <row topline="true">
25257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25260 \begin_layout Standard
25275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25278 \begin_layout Standard
25284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25287 \begin_layout Standard
25293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25313 \begin_layout Standard
25327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25330 \begin_layout Standard
25344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25347 \begin_layout Standard
25361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25364 \begin_layout Standard
25378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25407 \begin_layout Standard
25413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25420 \begin_layout Standard
25430 \begin_inset Note Note
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25447 \begin_layout Standard
25461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25464 \begin_layout Standard
25478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25481 \begin_layout Standard
25495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25498 \begin_layout Standard
25512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25530 <row topline="true">
25531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25561 \begin_layout Standard
25567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25570 \begin_layout Standard
25584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25587 \begin_layout Standard
25601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25604 \begin_layout Standard
25618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25621 \begin_layout Standard
25635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25655 \begin_layout Standard
25669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25672 \begin_layout Standard
25678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25681 \begin_layout Standard
25687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25690 \begin_layout Standard
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25704 \begin_inset Note Note
25707 \begin_layout Standard
25718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25738 \begin_layout Standard
25752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25755 \begin_layout Standard
25769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25772 \begin_layout Standard
25786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25789 \begin_layout Standard
25804 <row topline="true">
25805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25826 \begin_layout Standard
25832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25835 \begin_layout Standard
25841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25861 \begin_layout Standard
25875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25929 \begin_layout Standard
25943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25946 \begin_layout Standard
25952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25955 \begin_layout Standard
25961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25964 \begin_layout Standard
25968 \begin_layout Standard
25978 \begin_inset Note Note
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
25995 \begin_layout Standard
26009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26029 \begin_layout Standard
26043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26046 \begin_layout Standard
26060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26063 \begin_layout Standard
26078 <row topline="true">
26079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26082 \begin_layout Standard
26097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26118 \begin_layout Standard
26132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26152 \begin_layout Standard
26166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26169 \begin_layout Standard
26183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26186 \begin_layout Standard
26200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26203 \begin_layout Standard
26217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26220 \begin_layout Standard
26226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26229 \begin_layout Standard
26235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26238 \begin_layout Standard
26252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26272 \begin_layout Standard
26286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26289 \begin_layout Standard
26303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26306 \begin_layout Standard
26320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26323 \begin_layout Standard
26338 <row topline="true">
26339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26342 \begin_layout Standard
26357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26360 \begin_layout Standard
26366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26378 \begin_layout Standard
26392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26395 \begin_layout Standard
26409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26429 \begin_layout Standard
26443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26446 \begin_layout Standard
26460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26480 \begin_layout Standard
26486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26489 \begin_layout Standard
26495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26515 \begin_layout Standard
26529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26532 \begin_layout Standard
26546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26549 \begin_layout Standard
26563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26583 \begin_layout Standard
26598 <row topline="true">
26599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26602 \begin_layout Standard
26617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26620 \begin_layout Standard
26626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26629 \begin_layout Standard
26635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26655 \begin_layout Standard
26669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26689 \begin_layout Standard
26703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26706 \begin_layout Standard
26720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26723 \begin_layout Standard
26737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26749 \begin_layout Standard
26755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26758 \begin_layout Standard
26772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26775 \begin_layout Standard
26789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26792 \begin_layout Standard
26806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26809 \begin_layout Standard
26823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26826 \begin_layout Standard
26840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26843 \begin_layout Standard
26858 <row topline="true">
26859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26880 \begin_layout Standard
26886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26889 \begin_layout Standard
26895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26898 \begin_layout Standard
26912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26932 \begin_layout Standard
26946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26966 \begin_layout Standard
26980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27009 \begin_layout Standard
27015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27035 \begin_layout Standard
27049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27052 \begin_layout Standard
27066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27069 \begin_layout Standard
27083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27086 \begin_layout Standard
27100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27103 \begin_layout Standard
27118 <row topline="true">
27119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27140 \begin_layout Standard
27146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27149 \begin_layout Standard
27155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27158 \begin_layout Standard
27172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27175 \begin_layout Standard
27189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27192 \begin_layout Standard
27206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27209 \begin_layout Standard
27223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27226 \begin_layout Standard
27240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27243 \begin_layout Standard
27257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27260 \begin_layout Standard
27266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27269 \begin_layout Standard
27275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27278 \begin_layout Standard
27292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27329 \begin_layout Standard
27343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27346 \begin_layout Standard
27360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27378 <row topline="true">
27379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27382 \begin_layout Standard
27397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27400 \begin_layout Standard
27406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27409 \begin_layout Standard
27415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27418 \begin_layout Standard
27432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27435 \begin_layout Standard
27449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27469 \begin_layout Standard
27485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27505 \begin_layout Standard
27519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27531 \begin_layout Standard
27537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27557 \begin_layout Standard
27571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27574 \begin_layout Standard
27588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27608 \begin_layout Standard
27622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27640 <row topline="true">
27641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27662 \begin_layout Standard
27668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27671 \begin_layout Standard
27677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27680 \begin_layout Standard
27694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27697 \begin_layout Standard
27711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27748 \begin_layout Standard
27762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27765 \begin_layout Standard
27779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27782 \begin_layout Standard
27788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27800 \begin_layout Standard
27804 \begin_layout Standard
27814 \begin_inset Note Note
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27831 \begin_layout Standard
27845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27848 \begin_layout Standard
27862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27865 \begin_layout Standard
27879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27882 \begin_layout Standard
27896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27899 \begin_layout Standard
27914 <row topline="true">
27915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27954 \begin_layout Standard
27968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27971 \begin_layout Standard
27985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27988 \begin_layout Standard
28002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28005 \begin_layout Standard
28019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28022 \begin_layout Standard
28036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28074 \begin_layout Standard
28088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28091 \begin_layout Standard
28105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28125 \begin_layout Standard
28139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28142 \begin_layout Standard
28156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28159 \begin_layout Standard
28174 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
28175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28196 \begin_layout Standard
28202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28205 \begin_layout Standard
28211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28231 \begin_layout Standard
28245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28265 \begin_layout Standard
28279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28282 \begin_layout Standard
28296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28377 \begin_layout Standard
28391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28394 \begin_layout Standard
28408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28411 \begin_layout Standard
28438 \begin_layout Standard
28439 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
28441 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
28442 also the characters from
28454 \begin_layout Itemize
28463 \begin_layout Standard
28464 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
28475 \begin_layout Standard
28476 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28493 \begin_layout Standard
28499 \begin_layout Standard
28506 \begin_layout Standard
28507 The dead macron in usually not needed, as you will use a non--dead key for
28509 For example, S-M-minus, or if
28515 is correct, S-M-macron.
28524 \begin_layout Itemize
28537 \begin_layout Standard
28543 \begin_layout Standard
28549 \begin_layout Standard
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 These characters might not look very nice on screen, but they will be just
28564 fine when run through LaTeX and printed.
28572 \begin_layout Standard
28578 \begin_layout Standard
28585 \begin_layout Standard
28586 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
28587 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters .
28588 Also make sure you're using the
28592 font-encoding and have the package
28596 with the definition file
28603 \begin_layout Chapter
28607 \begin_layout Standard
28608 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
28609 (and we would encourage people to contribute !).
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28613 First, we need to give due credit to those who came before us.
28614 They gave us the base upon which the new manuals are built, and some continue
28615 to provide information:
28618 \begin_layout Itemize
28623 wrote the original documentation, from which this manual is built, as well
28624 as the introduction to this manual [or the
28625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28632 as some of us call it].
28635 \begin_layout Itemize
28638 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
28640 wrote several minidocs, including some of the information about international
28644 \begin_layout Itemize
28649 also wrote a minidoc about international support, specifically about internatio
28650 nal keyboard maps and customization.
28653 \begin_layout Itemize
28658 originally documented the LinuxDoc SGML interface.
28661 \begin_layout Itemize
28664 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
28666 originally documented math mode and provided the entries for the math functions
28672 \begin_layout Itemize
28673 Special thanks to the LyX Team\InsetSpace ~
28675 \begin_inset LatexCommand cite
28680 for help and answers to questions.
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 Next, it's time to give credit to the
28685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28688 LyX Documentation Team,
28689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28692 all of the people who helped rewrite the old documentation into the form
28693 it had after LyX version 0.10:
28696 \begin_layout Itemize
28705 \begin_layout Itemize
28706 Contributor to the FAQ and the old
28707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28721 \begin_layout Itemize
28722 General editing assistance.
28725 \begin_layout Itemize
28730 \begin_layout Itemize
28734 \begin_layout Itemize
28738 \begin_layout Itemize
28744 \begin_layout Itemize
28753 \begin_layout Itemize
28754 Primary contributor to
28759 \begin_layout Itemize
28760 Documentation of the basic LyX interface in
28766 \begin_layout Itemize
28775 \begin_layout Itemize
28776 Former maintainer of the FAQ and the old
28777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28791 \begin_layout Itemize
28792 Documentation of LinuxDoc in
28798 \begin_layout Itemize
28805 \begin_layout Itemize
28806 Documentation of figures and imported graphics in
28812 \begin_layout Itemize
28821 \begin_layout Itemize
28822 Documentation of internationalization features in
28828 \begin_layout Itemize
28835 \begin_layout Itemize
28840 \begin_layout Itemize
28844 \begin_layout Itemize
28848 \begin_layout Itemize
28852 \begin_layout Itemize
28858 \begin_layout Itemize
28865 \begin_layout Itemize
28866 Primary contributor to
28872 \begin_layout Itemize
28879 \begin_layout Itemize
28884 \begin_layout Itemize
28888 \begin_layout Itemize
28889 using LaTeX from within LyX
28894 \begin_layout Itemize
28903 \begin_layout Itemize
28904 General organization and format of the documents.
28907 \begin_layout Itemize
28912 \begin_layout Itemize
28916 \begin_layout Itemize
28917 paragraph environments, document layout, nesting, typography notes, fonts
28921 \begin_layout Itemize
28922 Also responsible for Introduction in
28927 \begin_layout Itemize
28928 Editor of the documents.
28929 [from 6/96-fall 1997]
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28934 After fall of 1997, the LyX Team as a whole took over maintenance of the
28938 \begin_layout Bibliography
28939 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28948 \begin_layout Standard
28952 href{http://www.lyx.org/about/credits.php}{
28965 \begin_layout Standard
28975 \begin_layout Bibliography
28976 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28983 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
28986 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
28989 \begin_layout Bibliography
28990 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
28991 key "latexcompanion"
28995 Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach and Alexander Samarin:
28997 The LaTeX Companion.
29000 Addison-Wesley, 1994
29003 \begin_layout Bibliography
29004 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem
29014 \begin_layout Bibliography
29015 \begin_inset LatexCommand bibitem